Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–1

Section 6C1-2 Engine Management – V6

Diagnostics

ATTENTION

Before performing any Service Operation or other procedure described in this Section, refer to Section 00

Warnings, Cautions and Notes for correct workshop practices with regard to safety and/or property damage.

1 General Information...............................................................................................................................4

1.1 Diagnostic System Check..................................................................................................................................... 4

1.2 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables.......................................................................................................................... 5

1.3 Symptoms Diagnostics......................................................................................................................................... 6

1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................................................................................................... 7

2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts..............................................................................................9

2.1 Wiring Diagrams .................................................................................................................................................... 9

2.2 ECM Connector End Views................................................................................................................................. 18

2.3 Connector End Views.......................................................................................................................................... 22

3 Diagnostics Starting Point ..................................................................................................................25

3.1 Basic Requirements ............................................................................................................................................ 25

3.2 Diagnostic Precautions....................................................................................................................................... 26

3.3 Preliminary Checks.............................................................................................................................................. 27

3.4 Diagnostic System Check................................................................................................................................... 28

4 Symptoms Diagnostics........................................................................................................................30

4.1 Symptoms Diagnosis Table................................................................................................................................30

4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions.............................................................................................................................. 31

4.3 Backfire................................................................................................................................................................. 33

4.4 Cranks But Does Not Run................................................................................................................................... 35

4.5 Cuts Out, Misses.................................................................................................................................................. 36

4.6 Detonation / Spark Knock................................................................................................................................... 38

4.7 Dieseling, Run-on ................................................................................................................................................ 39

4.8 Hard Start.............................................................................................................................................................. 40

4.9 Hesitation, Sag and Stumble .............................................................................................................................. 41

4.10 Lack of Pow er, Sluggishness or Sponginess ................................................................................................... 42

4.11 Poor Fuel Economy............................................................................................................................................. 43

4.12 Rough, Unstable, Incorrect Idle or Stalling ....................................................................................................... 45

4.13 Surges / Chuggles ............................................................................................................................................... 46

5 Functional Checks ...............................................................................................................................48

5.1 General Information............................................................................................................................................. 48

5.2 Fuel Injector Coil Test ......................................................................................................................................... 49

5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test .................................................................................................................................. 54

5.4 Fuel Injector Leak Down Test ............................................................................................................................. 57

5.5 Alcohol / Contaminants in Fuel Diagnosis........................................................................................................ 59

5.6 Crankshaft Position (CKP) System Variation Learn Proced ure....................................................................... 60

5.7 Throttle Body Relearn ......................................................................................................................................... 61

5.8 Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) System Diagnosis ............................................................................. 62

5.9 Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis......................................................................................................... 64

Page 6C1-2–1

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–2

6 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables ........................................................................................................67

6.1 DTC List in Ascending Order.............................................................................................................................. 67

6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018 or P0019........................................................................................... 80

6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094 or P2095 ................. 83

6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011, P1012, P1013, or P1014.................................................................. 86

6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056, P0057 or P0058 ................. 89

6.6 DTC P0040 or P0041 ............................................................................................................................................ 92

6.7 DTC P0053 or P0059 ............................................................................................................................................ 94

6.8 DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103................................................................................................................................96

6.9 DTC P0112 or P0113 .......................................................................................................................................... 100

6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or P1258 ..................................................................................................... 103

6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222,or P0223......................................................................................... 106

6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150 P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270, P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298 ................................................ 110

6.13 DTC P0133 or P0153 .......................................................................................................................................... 117

6.14 DTC P0139 or P0159 .......................................................................................................................................... 121

6.15 DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198.............................................................................................................................. 125

6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277.......................................................................................................................... 128

6.17 DTC P0219.......................................................................................................................................................... 131

6.18 DTC P0300.......................................................................................................................................................... 133

6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306......................................................................................... 136

6.20 DTC P0324.......................................................................................................................................................... 139

6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333.................................................................................................................. 142

6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338.................................................................................................................. 145

6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391, P0392 or P0393 ............... 149

6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316.......................................................................................................................... 152

6.25 DTC P0420 or P0430 .......................................................................................................................................... 155

6.26 DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459.............................................................................................................................. 157

6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463.................................................................................................................. 160

6.28 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 or P0694......................................................................................... 162

6.29 DTC P0500.......................................................................................................................................................... 165

6.30 DTC P0504 or P0571 .......................................................................................................................................... 168

6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551, P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176................................................................. 171

6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632, P1677, P1678 or P1679............................................................................. 176

6.33 DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523.............................................................................................................................. 179

6.34 DTC P0532 or P0533 .......................................................................................................................................... 182

6.35 DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563.............................................................................................................................. 185

6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606.................................................................................................................. 187

6.37 DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617.............................................................................................................................. 189

6.38 DTC P0625 or P0626 .......................................................................................................................................... 191

6.39 DTC P0627, P0628 or P0629.............................................................................................................................. 193

6.40 DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647.............................................................................................................................. 195

6.41 DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687.............................................................................................................................. 197

6.42 DTC P0700.......................................................................................................................................................... 199

6.43 DTC P0704.......................................................................................................................................................... 200

6.44 DTC P0850.......................................................................................................................................................... 202

6.45 DTC P0864.......................................................................................................................................................... 204

6.46 DTC P1648.......................................................................................................................................................... 206

6.47 DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501.............................................................................................................................. 208

6.48 DTC P1845.......................................................................................................................................................... 210

6.49 DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010.............................................................................................................................. 212

6.50 DTC P2096 or P2098 .......................................................................................................................................... 214

6.51 DTC P2097 or P2099 .......................................................................................................................................... 218

6.52 DTC P2105.......................................................................................................................................................... 222

6.53 DTC P2107.......................................................................................................................................................... 224

6.54 DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138 ..................................................................................................... 226

6.55 DTC P2177 or P2179 .......................................................................................................................................... 229

Page 6C1-2–2

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–3

6.56 DTC P2178 or P2180 .......................................................................................................................................... 233

6.57 DTC P2187 or P2189 .......................................................................................................................................... 236

6.58 DTC P2188 or P2190 .......................................................................................................................................... 240

6.59 DTC P2195 or P2197 .......................................................................................................................................... 243

6.60 DTC 2196 or P2198............................................................................................................................................. 248

6.61 DTC P2227, P2228 or P2229.............................................................................................................................. 253

6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251 or P2254......................................................................................... 256

6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240, P2241 or P2242......................................................................................... 260

6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630 or P2631......................................................................................... 264

6.65 DTC U0001.......................................................................................................................................................... 268

6.66 DTC U0101.......................................................................................................................................................... 270

6.67 DTC U0121 or U0415.......................................................................................................................................... 272

6.68 DTC U0155 or U0423.......................................................................................................................................... 274

7 V6 Engine – Tech 2 Functions ..........................................................................................................276

7.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................................................ 276

7.2 Tech 2 Functions ............................................................................................................................................... 277

7.3 HFV6 Engine Data Lists..................................................................................................................................... 279

7.4 Tech 2 Data Definitions..................................................................................................................................... 294

7.5 OBD Data............................................................................................................................................................ 299

7.6 Actuator Test...................................................................................................................................................... 300

7.7 Programming...................................................................................................................................................... 303

Page 6C1-2–3

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–4

1 General Information

1.1 Diagnostic System Check

The engine management diagnostic procedure is organised in a logical structure that begins with the Diagnostic System

Check. The Diagnostic System Check directs the diagnostic procedure to the logical steps necessary to diagnose an

engine driveability fault condition.

Page 6C1-2–4

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–5

1.2 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables

The Diagnostic System Check directs the diagnostic procedure to the appropriate diagnostic trouble code (DTC) tables if

there is a DTC currently stored in the engine control module (ECM).

The diagnostic tables locate a faulty circuit or component through a logic based on the process of elimination. These

diagnostic tables are developed with the following assumptions:

• the vehicle functioned correctly at the time of assembly,

• there are no multiple faults, and

• the problem currently exists.

Understanding and the correct use of the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) tables are essential to reduce diagnostic time

and to prevent misdiagnosis.

Multiple DTC Fault Conditions

Some fault conditions trigger multiple component DTCs even if the fault condition exists only on a single component. If

there are multiple DTCs stored in the ECM, the service technician must view and record all DTCs logged.

The relationship between the logged DTCs can then be analysed to determine the source of the fault condition. Always

begin the diagnostic process with the DTC table of the fault condition that may trigger other DTCs to set.

The following fault conditions may trigger multiple DTCs:

• a fault in the serial data communication circuit,

• a system voltage that is too low may cause incorrect engine management system operation or engine management

component malfunction,

• a system voltage that is too high may damage the ECM and / or other engine management components,

• fault condition in the ECM read only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM),

• fault condition in the ECM internal circuitry or programming,

• improperly connected sensor or component wiring connector, or

• an electrical fault condition in the following shared ECM electrical circuits trigger DTCs on components or sensors

that share in the faulty shared circuit. Test the electrical circuit of the appropriate sensors or components to isolate

the fault condition. Refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts.

• 5 V Reference Circuit,

• Low Reference Circuit, or

• Ignition Control Voltage Circuit.

If there are no obvious faults to begin a multiple DTC fault condition diagnostic procedure, diagnose the DTCs in the

following order unless directed otherwise:

1 Always start with the lowest numbered component level DTCs such as:

• sensor DTCs,

• solenoid DTCs, or

• relay DTCs.

2 Then follow with system level DTCs such as:

• misfire DTCs,

• fuel trim DTCs, or

• catalyst DTCs.

Page 6C1-2–5

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–6

1.3 Symptoms Diagnostics

The Diagnostic System Check directs the service technician to the symptoms diagnostics if the following conditions exist:

• a vehicle driveability fault condition exists,

• there is no current diagnostic trouble code presently stored in the ECM, and

• all Tech 2 engine data parameters are within normal operating range.

Page 6C1-2–6

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–7

1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes

The ECM constantly performs self-diagnostic tests on the engine management system. When the ECM detects a fault

condition in the engine operating parameters, the ECM sets a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) to represent that fault

condition. The following are the types of DTCs programmed in the ECM. In addition, DTCs are classified as either a

current or history DTC.

• Type A – emission related DTCs,

• Type B – emission related DTCs, and

• Type C – non-emission related DTCs.

NOTE

Depending on the type of DTC set, the ECM may

command the ‘Check Powertrain’ icon (MY2005

vehicles) or, for MY2006 vehicles, the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) to activate and warn the

driver there is a fault in the engine management

system. Refer to Section 12C Instrumentation for

further information on the Check Engine warning

display.

Type A – Emission Related DTCs

The ECM takes the following action when a Type A DTC runs and fails:

• sets a current Type A DTC that represents the fault condition,

• illuminates the instrument cluster Multi-Function Display (MFD) Check Powertrain icon, or the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL), and

• records the operating condition at the time the diagnostic fails and stores this information in the freeze

frame / failure record.

Type B – Emission Related DTCs

The ECM takes the following action when a Type B DTC runs and fails:

• On the first time a Type B DTC fails, the ECM takes the following actions:

− sets a current Type B DTC that represents the fault condition, and

− records the operating conditions at the time the fault sets and stores this information in the failure records.

• On the second consecutive ignition cycle that a Type B DTC fails, the ECM takes the following actions:

− activates the instrument cluster Multi-Function Display (MFD) Check Powertrain icon, or the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL), and

− records the operating condition at the time the diagnostic fails and stores this information in the freeze frame /

failure record.

Conditions for Clearing Type A or Type B DTCs

• The current DTC clears when there is no fault condition in the current ECM self-diagnostics.

• If there are no DTCs logged after three or four consecutive ignition cycles, the ECM deactivates the Check

Powertrain icon, or the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).

• Type A or Type B History DTC clears when there is no fault condition after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles.

• Use Tech 2 to clear DTC/s.

Page 6C1-2–7

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–8

Type C – Non-Emission Related DTCs

The ECM takes the following action when a Type A DTC runs and fails:

• sets a current Type C DTC that represents the fault condition,

• records the operating conditions at the time the DTC is logged and stores this information in the Failure Record,

and:

• the instrument cluster MFD may display a message.

NOTE

The instrument cluster Check Powertrain icon, or

the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is not

activated when a Type C DTC sets.

Conditions for Clearing Type C DTCs

• The current DTC clears when there is no fault condition in the current ECM self-diagnostics.

• Type C History DTC clears when there is no fault condition after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles.

• Use Tech 2 to clear DTCs.

Current DTCs

A DTC is a Current DTC if the fault condition that triggers that DTC is present during the last ECM self-diagnostics.

History DTCs

A DTC is a History DTC if the fault condition that triggers that DTC is not present during the last ECM self-diagnostics.

Page 6C1-2–8

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–9

2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector

Charts

2.1 Wiring Diagrams

Serial Data and Data Link Connector

Figure 6C1-2 – 1

Page 6C1-2–9

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–10

Power Supplies and ECM Inputs

Figure 6C1-2 – 2

Page 6C1-2–10

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–11

Cooling Fans, A/C Clutch & Generator

Figure 6C1-2 – 3

Page 6C1-2–11

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–12

Sensors

Figure 6C1-2 – 4

Page 6C1-2–12

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–13

Switches & Throttle Control

Figure 6C1-2 – 5

Page 6C1-2–13

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–14

Camshaft Control – Alloytec 190 / High Output Engine

Figure 6C1-2 – 6

Page 6C1-2–14

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–15

HO2S – All Alloytec Engines

Figure 6C1-2 – 7

Page 6C1-2–15

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–16

Fuel Injectors and EVAP Purge Solenoid

Figure 6C1-2 – 8

Page 6C1-2–16

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–17

Ignition System

Figure 6C1-2 – 9

Page 6C1-2–17

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–18

2.2 ECM Connector End Views

Engine Control Module A43 V6 – Connector X1

Figure 6C1-2 – 10

Terminal / Pin Wire Colour Circuit No. Function

X1–1 BN 407

Low Reference – Knock Sensor Bank 2

X1–2 L-GN 5278

B2S1 HO2S Input Pump Current (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

X1–3 OG 5280

B1S1 HO2S Input Pump Current (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

X1–4 OG 5275

CMP Sensor Signal – Intake Bank 1

X1–5 GY 605

5 Volt Reference – 6

X1–6 — —

Not Used

X1–7 BN/RD 470

Low Reference – Ground 2

X1–8 PU 486

TP Sensor 2 Signal

X1–9 GN/WH 2124

EST 4 Control

X1–10 WH 5039

CKP Sensor High

X1–11 — —

Not Used

X1–12 OG/BK 5272

CMP Actuator Solenoid Control – Intake Bank 2

X1–13 L-GN 5282

CMP Actuator Solenoid Control – Exhaust Bank 1

X1–14 — —

Not Used

X1–15 BN 582

TAC Motor Control (Positive)

X1–16 PU/WH 5037

B1S1 HO2S Heater Low Reference (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

X1–17 GY 1716

Low Reference – Knock Sensor Bank 1

X1–18 BN/WH 1653

B2S1 HO2S Low Signal (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

X1–19 PU 1666

B1S1 HO2S High Signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

X1–20 D-GN 5273

CMP Sensor Signal – Exhaust Bank 1

X1–21 GY 23

Generator Field Duty Cycle Signal (‘F’ Terminal)

X1–22 — —

Not Used

X1–23 YE 410

ECT Sensor Signal

X1–24 — —

Not Used

X1–25 BU/WH 2126

EST 6 Control

X1–26 OG/WH 2122

EST 2 Control

X1–27 — —

Not Used

Page 6C1-2–18

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–19

X1–28 — —

Not Used

X1–29 PU 5284

CMP Actuator Solenoid Control – Intake Bank 1

X1–30 WH/BK 5283

CMP Actuator Solenoid Control – Exhaust Bank 2

X1–31 YE 581

TAC Motor Control (Negative)

X1–32 L-BU 5038

B2S1 HO2S Heater Low Control (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

X1–33 BU 496

Knock Sensor 1 Signal (Bank 1)

X1–34 PU/WH 1665

B2S1 HO2S High Signal (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

X1–35 PU/WH 5281

B1S1 HO2S Pump Current (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

X1–36 PU 5274

CMP Sensor Signal – Exhaust Bank 2

X1–37 BN 1174

Oil Level Switch Signal

X1–38 GN/WH 357

Oil Temperature Sensor Signal

X1–39 BN/TN 2752

Low Reference – Ground 3

X1–40 BN/BK 231

Oil Pressure Sensor Signal

X1–41 D-GN 2125

EST 5 Control

X1–42 PU 2121

EST 1 Control

X1–43 OG 225

Generator Turn On Signal (‘L’ Terminal)

X1–44 BU/WH 5041

IMRC Solenoid Control

X1–45 L-BU/BK 844

Fuel Injector 4 Control

X1–46 PK/BK 1746

Fuel Injector 3 Control

X1–47 BN/WH 845

Fuel Injector 5 Control

X1–48 GN/WH 428

EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Control

X1–49 GY/BK 1798

CKP Sensor Shield Return

X1–50 L-BU 1876

Knock Sensor 2 Signal (Bank 2)

X1–51 WH 5279

B2S1 HO2S Pump Current (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

X1–52 BN/GN 1667

B1S1 HO2S Low Signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

X1–53 YE 5276

CMP Sensor Signal – Intake Bank 2

X1–54 GY 2701

5 Volt Reference – 2

X1–55 GN 485

TP Sensor 1 Signal

X1–56 L-GN 432

MAP Sensor Signal

X1–57 GY 705

5 Volt Reference – 5

X1–58 L-BU 2123

EST 3 Control

X1–59 BK 5024

CKP Sensor Low – Ground 6

X1–60 — —

Not Used

X1–61 — —

Not Used

X1–62 L-GN/BK 1745

Fuel Injector 2 Control

X1–63 BN/BU 1744

Fuel Injector 1 Control

X1–64 YE/BK 846

Fuel Injector 6 Control

Page 6C1-2–19

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–20

Engine Control Module A43 V6 – Connector X2

Term Pin W r Cir o.

igure 6C1-2 – 11

inal / ire Colou cuit N Function

X2–1 PK/BU 1339 Ignition Voltage 1

X2–2 GY/WH 3223 B1S2 O2 Sensor Heater Control (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

X2–3 PK 139 Ignition Voltage 1

X2–4 BU d Cooling Fan Relay Control /WH 473 High Spee

X2–5 BN/RD eed Signal 121 Engine Sp

X2–6 — — Not Used

X2–7 W K 1164 rence 4 H/B 5 Volt Refe

X2–8 PU 1272 Low Reference Ground 4

X2–9 GN/BK 380 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Signal

X2–10 BU/RD 20 Stop Lamp Switch Signal

X2–11 BN/BK 472 IAT Sensor Signal

X2–12 — — Not Used

X2–13 — — Not Used

X2–14 — — Not Used

X2–15 — — Not Used

X2–16 — — Not Used

X2–17 PK/BU 1339 Ignition Voltage 1

X2–18 OG/WH 3122 ensor Heater Control (Bank 2 Sensor 2) B2S2 O2 S

X2–19 G H Relay Control N/W 465 Fuel Pump

X2–20 OG/BK 335 Low Speed Cooling Fan Control

X2–21 — — Not Used

X2–22 P 5197 from Instrument) U/WH Vehicle Speed (

X2–23 BN/BK 2500 GMLAN Serial Data Bus – High

X2–24 BN 5069 ntrol Relay Control Engine Co

X2–25 BK/YE nce – Ground 7 510 Low Refere

X2–26 B N/WH 2760 Low Reference – Ground 1

X2–27 — — Not Used

X2–28 — — Not Used

Page 6C1-2–20

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–21

X2–29 PU 3220 B1S2 O2 Sensor High Signal (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

X2–30 — — Not Used

X2–31 PU 5 Crank Voltage

X2–32 OG/BK 1786 Park/Neutral Switch Signal

X2–33 — — Not Used

X2–34 — — Not Used

X2–35 YE 447 Starter Relay Coil Control

X2–36 OG/BK sitive Voltage 740 Battery Po

X2–37 — — Not Used

X2–38 PU 1319 onnector (DLC) Serial Data Data Link C

X2–39 GY 2709 rence 1 5 Volt Refe

X2–40 BN 1271 Low Reference – Ground 5

X2–41 BN/GN 3121 ensor Low Signal (Bank 2 Sensor 2) B2S2 O2 S

X2–42 BN/GN Sensor Signal 30 Fuel Level

X2–43 YE 492 MAF Sensor Signal

X2–44 L-BU 1162 APP Sensor 2 Signal

X2–45 — — Not Used

X2–46 BN 86 Brake Switch (S220 – ‘C’) Cruise Cancel Signal

X2–47 — — Not Used

X2–48 — — Not Used

X2–49 L-GN/BK 459 tch Relay Control A/C Compressor Clu

X2–50 — — Not Used

X2–51 — — Not Used

X2–52 — — Not Used

X2–53 B N/WH 379 Clutch Switch (S42) Cruise Cancel Signal

X2–54 — — Not Used

X2–55 BN 2501 GMLAN Serial Data Bus – Low

X2–56 BN/YE 1274 5 Volt Reference 3

X2–57 BN/RD 3221 B1S2 O2 Sensor Low Signal (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

X2–58 BN/WH 4 Accessory Voltage

X2–59 — — Not Used

X2–60 BU 1161 APP Sensor 1 Signal

X2–61 PU 3120 B2S2 O2 Sensor High Signal (Bank 2 Sensor 2)

X2–62 L-GN 275 Clutch Switch (S42) Clutch Disengaged Signal

X2–63 GY 847 Extended Travel Brake Switch Signal

X2–64 OG 381 Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal

Page 6C1-2–21

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–22

2.3 Connector End Views

Figure 6C1-2 – 12

Page 6C1-2–22

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–23

Figure 6C1-2 – 13

Page 6C1-2–23

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–24

Figure 6C1-2 – 14

Page 6C1-2–24

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–25

3 Diagnostics Starting Point

3.1 Basic Requirements

Basic Knowledge Required

A lack of basic understanding regarding

electronics, electrical wiring circuits and use

of electrical circuit testing tools when

performing an engine management system

diagnostic procedure could result in incorrect

diagnostic results or damage to engine

management system components.

Understanding of the following is required to perform the diagnostic procedures detailed in this Section. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams and to Basic Tools Required.

• Basic electronics,

• Electrical wiring circuits,

• Electrical circuits testing, and

• Correct use of the basic engine management system diagnostic tools.

In addition, understanding of the engine management system is essential to prevent misdiagnosis and component

damage. Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information.

Basic Tools Required

Use of incorrect electrical circuit diagnostic

tools when performing the engine

management diagnostic procedures could

result in incorrect diagnostic results or

damage to engine management system

components.

e f are required to perform the diagnostic procedures detailed in this Section.

• Digital multimeter with 10 MΩ impedance, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Th ollowing electrical circuit testing tools

• Tech 2, refer to Section 0C Tech 2,

• Test lamp, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams, and

Page 6C1-2–25

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–26

3.2 Diagnostic Precautions

The following precautions must be observed when performing the powertrain diagnostic procedure, otherwise incorrect

diagnostic results or damage to engine management system components will occur:

• Disconnection of the battery affects certain vehicle electronic systems. Refer to Section 00 Cautions and Notes

before disconnecting the battery.

• Disconnect the battery negative lead when performing the following procedures:

− Disconnecting the ECM connectors, or

− Charging the battery.

• Disconnect the battery terminal lead and the ECM connectors before attempting any electric arc welding on the

vehicle.

• Do not start the engine if the battery terminal is not properly secured to the battery.

• Do not disconnect or reconnect the following while the ignition is switched on or when the engine is running:

− Any engine management system component electrical wiring connector, or

− Battery terminal leads.

• Ensure the correct procedure for disconnecting and connecting engine management system electrical wiring

connectors is always followed. For information on the correct procedure for disconnecting and connecting specific

wiring connectors, refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Ensure that all wiring harness connectors are fitted correctly.

• When steam or pressure cleaning engines, do not direct the cleaning nozzle at engine management system

components.

• Do not clear any DTCs unless instructed.

• The fault must be present when using the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) diagnostic tables. Otherwise, misdiagnosis

or replacement of good parts may occur.

• Do not touch the ECM connector pins or soldered components on the ECM circuit board to prevent ECM

Electrostatic Discharge damage. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on Electrostatic Discharge.

• Use only the test equipment specified in the diagnostic tables as other test equipment may give incorrect results or

damage good components.

• The ECM is designed to withstand normal current draw associated with vehicle operations. However, the following

fault conditions or incorrect test procedure may overload the ECM internal circuit and damage the ECM:

− A short to voltage fault condition in any of the ECM low reference circuits may cause internal ECM and / or

sensor damage. Therefore, any short to voltage fault condition in the ECM low reference circuits must be

rectified before replacing a faulty component.

− A short to ground fault condition in any of the ECM 5 V reference circuits may cause internal ECM and / or

sensor damage. Therefore, any short to ground fault condition in the ECM 5 V reference circuits must be

rectified before replacing a faulty component.

− When using a test lamp to test an electrical circuit, do not use any of the ECM low reference circuits or 5 V

reference circuits as a reference point. Otherwise, excessive current draw from the test lamp may damage the

ECM.

• Disregard DTCs that set while performing the following diagnostic Steps:

− Using Tech 2 actuator tests, or

− Disconnecting an engine management system sensor connector then switching on the ignition.

• After completing the required diagnostics and service operations, road test the vehicle to ensure correct engine

management system operation.

Page 6C1-2–26

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–27

3.3 Preliminary Checks

The preliminary checks are a set of visual and physical checks or inspections that may quickly identify engine

management system fault condition.

• Refer to the appropriate Service Techlines for relevant information regarding the fault condition.

• Ensure the battery is fully charged.

• Inspect the battery connections for corrosion or a loose terminal.

• Ensure that all engine management system related fuses are serviceable.

• Inspect for incorrect aftermarket theft deterrent devices, lights or mobile phone installation.

• Ensure there is no speaker magnet positioned too close to any electronic module that contains relays.

• Inspect the engine wiring harness for proper connections, pinches or cuts.

• Ensure that all engine management related electrical wiring connectors are fitted correctly.

• Inspect the ECM ground connections for corrosion, loose terminal or incorrect position.

• Ensure the resistance between the ECM housing and the battery negative cable is less than 0.5 Ω.

• Check the ECM bracket fasteners for correct torque value.

• Check all engine management related components for correct installation.

• Inspect the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, oil contamination and proper connections, refer to the vehicle emission

control information label. Check the hoses thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction.

• Inspect the air intake ducts for being collapsed, split or for having damaged areas.

• Inspect for air leaks at the throttle body mounting area, mass air flow (MAF) sensor, intake manifold and intake

manifold sealing surfaces.

• Check for wiring harness routing that may be positioned too close to a high voltage or high current device such as

the following:

− Secondary ignition components, and

− Motors and generators.

NOTE

High voltage or high current devices may induce

electrical noise on a circuit, which can interfere

with normal circuit operation.

Page 6C1-2–27

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–28

3.4 Diagnostic System Check

Description

The engine management diagnostic procedure is organised in a logical structure that begins with the Diagnostic System

Check. The Diagnostic System Check directs the diagnostic procedure to the logical steps necessary to diagnose an

engine driveability fault condition.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

4 Tests the operation of Tech 2.

6 Tests the integrity of the GM LAN serial data communication circuit. A PIM DTC sets if the PIM detects a fault

condition in the communication circuit. A fault condition on the serial data communication circuit may trigger multiple

DTCs on other sensors and components.

7 Tests for fault conditions on the vehicle theft deterrent system. The BCM is an integral part of the theft deterrent

system. Any fault condition on the BCM that may affect the operation of the theft deterrent system must be rectified

before proceeding with this diagnostic table.

Step Action Yes No

1 Have you read the basic requirements?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.1 Basic

Requirements

2 Have you read the diagnostic precautions?

Go to Step 3

Refer to

3.2 Diagnostic

Precautions

3 Have you performed the preliminary checks?

Go to Step 4

Refer to

3.3 Preliminary

Checks

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Connect Tech 2 to the diagnostic link connector (DLC).

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Push Tech 2 power button on.

Does Tech 2 screen illuminate and display Tech 2? Go to Step 5 Refer to Section 0C

Tech 2

5 Using T ech 2, attempt to communicate with the PIM and the BCM.

Does the PIM or the BCM fail to communicate?

Refer to

Section 6E1

Powertrain Interface

Module – V6 Go to Step 6

6 Does DT C U1064, U2100, U2105, U2106, U2108, B1009, B1013,

B1014, B1000, B1019, B3057, B3924, P0633, P1611 or P1678 also

set in the PIM?

Refer to

Section 6E1

Powertrain Interface

Module – V6 Go to Step 7

7 Does DT C 2, DTC 17, DTC 19, DT C 20, DTC 24 DTC 25 also set in

the BCM? Refer to

Section 12J Body

Control Module Go to Step 8

8 Using T ech 2, view and record DTCs set at the ECM and TCM.

Does Tech 2 display any DTC? Go to Step 9

Refer to

4.1 Symptoms

Diagnosis Table

9 Does T ech 2 display multiple DTCs?

Go to Step 10

Go to the diagnostic

table of the DTC

displayed. Refer to

6.1 DTC List in

Ascending Order.

Page 6C1-2–28

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–29

Step Action Yes No

10 Does Tech 2 display any serial data communication circuit DTC? Go to the

appropriate serial

data communication

circuit DTC table.

Refer to 6.1 DTC

List in Ascending

Order

Go to Step 11

11 Does Tech 2 display any immobiliser circuit DTC? Go to the

appropriate

immobiliser circuit

DTC table. Refer to

6.1 DTC List in

Ascending Order. Go to Step 12

12 Refer to the DTC Table of the fault condition that is most likely to

trigger multiple DTCs. Refer to 1.2 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables in

this Section. — —

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–29

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–30

4 Symptoms Diagnostics

4.1 Symptoms Diagnosis Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 Is the fault intermittent? Refer to

4.2 Intermittent

Fault Conditions

Go to Step 3

3 Does the engine backfire? Refer to

4.3 Backfire Go to Step 4

4 Does the engine crank but does not run? Refer to

4.4 Cranks But

Does Not Run

Go to Step 5

5 Does the engine cut-out or miss? Refer to

4.5 Cuts Out,

Misses

Go to Step 6

6 Is there a detonation or spark knock noise coming from the engine? Refer to

4.6 Detonation /

Spark Knock

Go to Step 7

7 Is there an engine dieseling or run-on condition? Refer to

4.7 Dieseling, Run-

Go to Step 8

8 Is there an engine hard starting condition? Refer to

4.8 Hard Start Go to Step 9

9 Is there an engine hesitation, sag or stumble condition? Refer to

4.9 Hesitation, Sag

and Stumble

Go to Step 10

10 Does the engine suffer from lack of power, sluggishness or

sponginess? Refer to

4.10 Lack of Power,

Sluggishness or

Sponginess

Go to Step 11

11 Does the engine suffer from poor fuel economy? Refer to

4.11 Poor Fuel

Economy

Go to Step 12

12 Does the engine suffer from rough, unstable or incorrect idle and

engine stalling? Refer to

4.12 Rough,

Unstable, Incorrect

Idle or Stalling

Go to Step 13

13 Does the engine surge or chuggle? Refer to

4.13 Surges /

Chuggles

Go to Step 14

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–30

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–31

4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions

Description

A fault condition is intermittent if one of the following conditions exists:

• the fault condition is not always present,

• the fault condition cannot be presently duplicated, or

• there is no Current DTC but a History DTC is stored.

Diagnostic Table

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section .

• Gather information from the customer regarding the conditions that trigger the

intermittent fault such as:

• At what engine or ambient temperature range does the fault occur?

• Does the fault occur when operating aftermarket electrical equipment inside

the vehicle?

• Does the fault occur on rough roads or in wet road conditions?

• If the intermittent fault is a start and then stall condition, check theft deterrent

system. Refer to Section 12J Body Control Module.

Tech 2 Tests The following are lists of Tech 2 diagnostic tests that may be used to diagnose

intermittent faults:

• Wriggle test the suspected wiring harness and connectors while observing

Tech 2 operating parameters. If Tech 2 read-out fluctuates during this procedure,

check the tested wiring harness circuit for a loose connection.

• Observe the freeze frame / failure records for the suspected history DTC and

then operate the vehicle in the conditions that triggers the intermittent fault while

an assistant observes the suspected Tech 2 operating parameter data.

• Capture and store data in the snapshot mode when the fault occurs. The stored

data may be played back at a slower rate to aid diagnostics. Refer to

Tech 2 User Instructions for further information on the Snapshot function.

• Compare the engine operating parameters of the engine being diagnosed to the

engine operating parameters of a known good engine.

Check Powertrain icon or

Malfunction Indicator Lamp The following conditions may cause an intermittent Check Powertrain icon or

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) fault with no DTC listed:

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) caused by a faulty relay, ECM controlled

solenoid, switch or other external source.

• Incorrect installation of aftermarket electrical equipment such as the following:

• mobile phones,

• theft deterrent alarms,

• lights, or

• radio equipment.

• ECM grounds are loose.

Page 6C1-2–31

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–32

Checks Actions

Temperature Related Temperature related intermittent fault condition occurs only when the engine or

ambient temperature is hot, or only when it is cold.

• If the intermittent fault is heat related, review Tech 2 data in relationship to the

following:

• high ambient temperature,

• engine generated heat,

• circuit generated heat due to a poor electrical connection or high electrical

load, and

• higher than normal load conditions (towing, etc.).

• If the intermittent fault is related to cold ambient or engine temperature, review

Tech 2 data in relationship to the following:

• low ambient temperature, and

• the fault condition that occurs only on a cold start situation.

Additional Tests • Incorrect installation of aftermarket electrical equipment such as the following:

• mobile phones,

• theft deterrent alarms,

• lights, or

• radio equipment.

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) caused by a faulty relay, ECM controlled

solenoid or switch. The fault is triggered when the relay or solenoid is activated.

• Test the A/C compressor clutch and some relays that contain a clamping diode

or resistor for an open circuit.

• Test the generator for a faulty rectifier bridge that may allow the A/C noise into

the ECM electrical circuit.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–32

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–33

4.3 Backfire

Description

The air / fuel mixture in the intake manifold or in the exhaust system ignites which produces a loud popping noise.

Checks Actions

Preliminary Perform the Preliminary Checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

Sensor / System • Check the air intake system and crankcase for air leaks.

• Check the PCV System for correct operation. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity.

Check for items that cause spark retard activity.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check the items that can cause an engine to run lean.

• Check the items that cause an engine to run rich.

Ignition System • Check for an intermittent ignition circuit malfunction.

• Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Cooling System Check the engine for over-heating. Refer to Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Engine Mechanical Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical

– V6.

• low compression, and

• worn valve train components.

Page 6C1-2–33

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–34

Checks Actions

Additional Checks • Check the exhaust system for possible restrictions. Refer to Section 8B

Exhaust System.

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor can

cause an engine misfire condition.

Using Tech 2, monitor the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the

engine speed parameters without moving the throttle position indicates that an

Electromagnetic Interference fault may be present.

Wiring harness routing which may be positioned very close to a high voltage or

high current device such as the following may induce EMI:

• secondary ignition components, or

• motors and generators.

Dirty starter motor commutator or brushes can mask the crankshaft position

sensor signal.

• Check the torque converter clutch (TCC) operation. A TCC that applies too soon

can cause engine detonation, which will trigger spark retard activity. Refer to

Section 7C1 Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – General Information or

Section 7E1 Automatic Transmission – 5L40E – General Information.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–34

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–35

4.4 Cranks But Does Not Run

Definition

The engine cranks normally but does not start.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the theft deterrent system for correct operation. Refer to Section 12J

Body Control Module.

Sensor / System • Check the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor for an incorrect value.

Compare the engine coolant temperature against the intake air temperature (IAT)

on a cold engine. The ECT and IAT sensor values should be within ± 3°C of each

other. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations for

details of the Temperature vs. Resistance Table.

• Check the mass air flow (MAF) sensor installation. Incorrect installation of the MAF

sensor may cause hard start condition. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Check for a dirty starter motor commutator or brushes that can mask the

crankshaft position sensor signal.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure,

• contaminated fuel, and

• incorrect fuel pump relay operation.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Mechanical • Check for excessive oil in combustion chamber. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• low compression, and

• worn valve train components.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–35

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–36

4.5 Cuts Out, Misses

Description

Steady pulsation or jerking that is usually more severe as the engine load increases. This condition is not normally felt

greater than 1500 rpm or 48 km/h. The exhaust has a steady spitting sound at idle or low speed.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the air filter element and intake air ducts for blockages.

• Check for intake manifold vacuum leak.

Sensor / System • Using Tech 2, check the heated oxygen sensor (HO2s) operating parameters. The

HO2s should respond quickly to different throttle positions.

• Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity.

Check for items that cause spark retard activity. Refer to 6.21 DTC P0327,

P0328, P0332 or P0333 in this Section.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check for fault conditions that cause an engine to run rich or to run lean.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil grounds.

Engine Mechanical Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical

–V6.

• low compression, and

• worn valve train components.

Page 6C1-2–36

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–37

Checks Actions

Additional Checks • Check the exhaust system for possible restrictions. Refer to Section 8B Exhaust

System.

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor can

cause an engine misfire condition.

Using Tech 2, monitor the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the

engine speed parameters without moving the throttle position indicates that an

electromagnetic interference fault may be present.

• Wiring harness routing which may be positioned very close to a high voltage or

high current device such as the following may induce EMI:

• secondary ignition components, or

• motors and generators.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–37

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–38

4.6 Detonation / Spark Knock

Description

The engine produces sharp rapid metallic knocks that are more audible during acceleration.

Checks Actions

Preliminary Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

Sensor System Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Ensure the fuel tank is filled with petrol that has a minimum octane reading of 92.

• Check for fault conditions that can cause an engine to run lean.

Ignition System Check the spark plugs for proper heat range. Refer to Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Engine Mechanical • Check the combustion chambers for excessive carbon build-up. Refer to

Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

• Check the camshaft timing. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

Additional Checks • Check the torque converter clutch (TCC) operation. The T CC applying too soon

can cause the engine to spark knock. Refer to Section 7C2 Automatic

Transmission – 4L60E – Electrical Diagnosis or Section 7E2 Automatic

Transmission – 5L40E – Electrical Diagnosis.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–38

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–39

4.7 Dieseling, Run-on

Description

The engine continues to run after the ignition is switched off but runs very roughly and then stalls.

Checks Actions

Preliminary Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

Fuel System Inspect the injectors for leaking condition. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Engine Cooling System • Check for engine overheating. Refer to Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

• Check the engine thermostat for proper operation and correct heat range.

Refer to Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Engine Mechanical • Check for build up of carbon deposit in the combustion chamber, which may cause

hot spots and increased compression ratio. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• Using Tech 2, check for incorrect engine idle speed.

Additional • If the engine continues to run after the ignition is switched off but the engine runs

normally, check the following:

• ignition switch operation,

• voltage feedback from alternator L terminal to ignition switch, and

• sticking ignition control relay.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–39

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–40

4.8 Hard Start

Definition

The engine cranks normally but takes longer to start than usual. As soon as the engine runs, the engine may stall

immediately.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the theft deterrent system for correct operation. Refer to Section 12J Body

Control Module.

Sensor / System • Check the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor for an incorrect value.

Compare the engine coolant temperature against the intake air temperature (IAT)

on a cold engine. The ECT and IAT sensor values should be within ± 3°C of each

other. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations for

details of the Temperature vs. Resistance Table.

• Check the mass air flow (MAF) sensor installation. Incorrect installation of the MAF

sensor may cause hard start condition. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Test the resistance of the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. The CKP sensor

resistance must be within 700 – 1,200 Ω at all temperatures.

• Check for dirty starter motor commutator or brushes that can mask the crankshaft

position sensor signal.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Mechanical • Check for excessive oil in combustion chamber. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• low compression, and

• worn valve train components.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–40

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–41

4.9 Hesitation, Sag and Stumble

Description

Momentary lack of response or hesitation as the accelerator is depressed. This condition is usually more severe when

first trying to make the vehicle move from a standing start but can occur at any vehicle speed.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the air filter element and intake air ducts for blockages.

Sensor / System • Using Tech 2, check the heated oxygen sensor (HO2s) operating parameters. The

HO2s should respond quickly to different throttle positions.

• Inspect the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector for correct

connection. Poor connection of this connector will not set a DTC.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check for fault conditions that cause an engine to run rich or to run lean.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Cooling System Check the engine thermostat for correct operation and heat range. Refer to

Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Additional Checks • If fitted, check for the correct operation of the intake manifold runner control

system. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Check the generator output voltage. Refer to Section 6D1-1

Charging System – V6.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–41

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–42

4.10 Lack of Power, Sluggishness or

Sponginess

Description

The engine delivers less than normal power. There is little or no increase in vehicle speed when the accelerator pedal is

partially depressed.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the air filter element and intake air ducts for blockages.

Sensor / System • Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity.

Check for items that cause spark retard activity.

• Inspect the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector for correct

connection. Poor connection of this connector will not set a DTC.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check for fault conditions that can cause the engine to run rich or run lean.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Mechanical • Check for the following engine mechanical fault condition. Refer to Section 6A1

Engine Mechanical – V6.

• low engine compression, and

• worn valve train components.

Additional Checks • Check the exhaust system for possible restrictions. Refer to Section 8B Exhaust

System.

• Test for other TCM related faults that may cause the transmission to operate in the

default mode.

• Check for transmission mechanical faults that may produce similar symptoms such

as slipping clutch.

• If fitted, check for the correct operation of the intake manifold runner control

system. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–42

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–43

4.11 Poor Fuel Economy

Description

As confirmed by an actual road test, the fuel economy as compared to the previous fuel consumption of the same vehicle

is noticeably lower.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the air filter element and intake air ducts for blockages.

• Check for correct tyre pressure. Refer to Section 10 Wheels and Tyres.

• Check the recent driving conditions are the same compared to the previous when

the fuel consumption is normal. The following are list of driving conditions that may

affect fuel consumption:

− vehicle load,

− acceleration rate,

− A/C or other electrical equipment use, and

− vehicle used for towing.

Sensor / System • Check the air intake system and crankcase for air leaks.

• Check the PCV System for correct operation. Refer to Section 6A1

Engine Mechanical – V6.

• Check for the correct calibration of the speedometer. Refer to

Section 12C Instrumentation.

• Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity.

Check for items that cause spark retard activity.

• Using Tech 2, check the heated oxygen sensor (HO2s) operating parameters. The

HO2s should respond quickly to different throttle positions.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

− restricted fuel filter,

− incorrect fuel pressure, and

− contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check the items that cause an engine to run rich.

• Check for foreign material accumulation in the throttle bore, carbon build-up on the

throttle valve or on the throttle shaft.

• Check the throttle body for tampering.

Page 6C1-2–43

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–44

Checks Actions

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Engine Cooling System • Check the engine thermostat for proper operation and correct heat range.

Refer to Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Engine Mechanical Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical

– V6.

• low compression, and

• worn valve train components.

Additional Checks • Check the exhaust system for possible restrictions. Refer to Section 8B Exhaust

System.

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor can

cause an engine misfire condition.

Using Tech 2, monitor the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the

engine speed parameters without moving the throttle position indicates that an

Electromagnetic Interference fault may be present.

Wiring harness routing which may be positioned very close to a high voltage or

high current device such as the following may induce EMI:

• secondary ignition components, and

• motors and generators.

• Check the torque converter clutch (TCC) operation. A TCC that applies too soon

can cause engine detonation, which will trigger spark retard activity. Refer to

Section 7C2 Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – Electrical Diagnosis or

Section 7E2 Automatic Transmission – 5L40E – Electrical Diagnosis.

• Test for other TCM related faults that may cause the transmission to operate in the

default mode. Refer to Section 7C2 Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – Electrical

Diagnosis or Section 7E2 Automatic Transmission – 5L40E –

Electrical Diagnosis.

• Check for transmission mechanical faults such as slipping clutch. Refer to

Section 7C3 Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – Hydraulic and Mechanical

Diagnosis or Section 7E3 Automatic Transmission – 5L40E – Hydraulic and

Mechanical Diagnosis.

• Check the brake system including the parking brake for sticking or incorrect

operation. Refer to Section 5A Service and Park Braking System.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–44

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–45

4.12 Rough, Unstable, Incorrect Idle or

Stalling

Description

Engine idle speed fluctuates causing the engine to run unevenly. If the engine idle speed drops too low, the engine may

stall.

Checks Actions

Preliminary • Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

• Check the air filter element and intake air ducts for blockages.

Sensor / System • Check the throttle actuator control (TAC) system. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Check the air intake system and crankcase for air leaks. Refer to Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Check the PCV System for correct operation. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

• Use Tech 2 to monitor the knock sensor system for excessive spark retard activity.

Check for items that cause spark retard activity.

• Using Tech 2, check the heated oxygen sensor (HO2s) operating parameters. The

HO2s sensor should respond quickly to different throttle positions.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System.

− restricted fuel filter,

− incorrect fuel pressure, and

− contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check the items that cause an engine to run rich.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug and ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

–V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil grounds.

Engine Mechanical • Parasitic load on the engine such as the following:

• automatic transmission fault condition, or

• a belt driven accessory fault condition.

• Check for the following engine fault conditions. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical –V6.

• low compression, or

• worn valve train components.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–45

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–46

4.13 Surges / Chuggles

Description

With the accelerator pedal in a steady position, the vehicle speeds up and slows down or the engine power fluctuates.

Checks Actions

Preliminary Perform the preliminary checks. Refer to 3.3 Preliminary Checks in this Section.

Sensor / System • Using Tech 2, check the heated oxygen sensor (HO2s) operating parameters. The

HO2s should respond quickly to different throttle positions.

• Test the resistance of the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. The CKP sensor

resistance must be 700 – 1,200 Ω at all temperatures.

Fuel System • Check the fuel system for the following fault conditions. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System.

• restricted fuel filter,

• incorrect fuel pressure, and

• contaminated fuel.

• Check the operation of the fuel injectors. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Perform the fuel injector balance test, refer to 5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test in

this Section.

• Check the items that cause an engine to run rich.

• Check for fault conditions that can cause an engine to run lean.

Ignition System • Inspect for moisture or corrosion around the spark plug / ignition coil area.

• Test the ignition coil voltage output. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Remove and inspect the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

NOTE

If the spark plugs are fouled, determine the cause of the fouling before

replacing the spark plugs. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6

– Service Operations.

• Check for loose ignition coil ground circuit.

Page 6C1-2–46

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–47

Checks Actions

Additional Checks • Check the torque converter clutch (TCC) operation. A TCC that applies too soon

can cause engine detonation, which will trigger spark retard activity. Refer to

Section 7C2 Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – Electrical Diagnosis or

Section 7E2 Automatic Transmission – 5L40E – Electrical Diagnosis.

• Test the A/C clutch for correct operation. Refer to Section 2B HVAC Climate

Control – Servicing and Diagnosis.

• Check the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge solenoid for the following

conditions: Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service

Operations.

− stuck open condition, and

− charcoal contamination.

• Check the exhaust system for possible restrictions. Refer to Section 8B Exhaust

System.

• Electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor can

cause an engine misfire condition.

Using Tech 2, monitor the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the

engine speed parameters without moving the throttle position indicates that an

Electromagnetic Interference fault may be present.

Wiring harness routing which may be positioned very close to a high voltage or

high current device such as the following may induce EMI:

• secondary ignition components, or

• motors and generators.

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–47

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–48

5 Functional Checks

5.1 General Information

The items detailed in the following pages are to be used when there is a customer complaint and there are no diagnostic

trouble codes set, or one or more of the Tech 2 data values are not within the typical values. They are also

to be used when instructed from a DTC table. Before using these tables, you should refer to 4 Symptoms Diagnostics in

this Section, which may direct you to using the following functional checks.

The purpose of these tables is to diagnose engine control module (ECM) controlled components or sub-systems that do

not have diagnostic trouble codes assigned to them. Another purpose of these tables is for Technicians who feel

confident that a particular part of the sub-system is not operating properly and wants only to check that particular item for

proper operation without going through lengthy diagnostic procedures.

Page 6C1-2–48

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–49

5.2 Fuel Injector Coil Test

The fuel injector coil test is divided into two parts. Begin by performing the fuel injector coil quick test. Then only perform

the Injector Coil Test – With Special Tool J39021 procedure if the quick test determines that there is a faulty fuel injector.

Fuel Injector Coil Quick Test

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

1 This step checks if the engine coolant temperature is within the correct range.

2 This step tests each fuel injector resistance within a specific temperature range.

3 This step determines if all of the fuel injectors are within 3 ohms of each other.

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 Using Tech 2, observe the engine coolant temperature

(ECT). Refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Is the ECT within the specified range? 10 – 32°C Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3

2 1 Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector,

refer to 2.15 Fuel Rail Assembly, in Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

2 Using a digital ohmmeter and connector test

adaptor kit J 35616-A, measure the resistance of

each fuel injector between the ignition voltage

circuit and the fuel injector control circuit. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

testing for continuity and to Figure 6C1-2 – 15 and

Figure 6C1-2 – 16 for the fuel injector harness

connector.

Do any of the fuel injectors display a resistance outside

the specified range? 11 – 14 

Refer to Injector Coil

Test – With Special

Tool J39021 Injectors OK

3 1 Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector,

refer to 2.15 Fuel Rail Assembly, in Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

2 Using a digital ohmmeter and connector test

adaptor kit J 35616-A, measure the resistance of

each fuel injector between the ignition voltage

circuit and the fuel injector control circuit. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

testing for continuity and to Figure 6C1-2 – 15 and

Figure 6C1-2 – 16 for the fuel injector harness

connector.

3 Record each fuel injector value.

4 Subtract the lowest resistance value from the

highest.

Is the difference equal to, or less than, the specified

value? 3  Injectors OK

Refer to Injector Coil

Test – With Special

Tool J39021

Page 6C1-2–49

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–50

Figure 6C1-2 – 15

Fuel Injector Harness to Engine Harness Connector

Pin Description

Pin Function Circuit

Number

1 Ignition Voltage Circuit – Cyl. 1, 3, 5 639

2 Ignition Voltage Circuit – Cyl. 2, 4, 6 1039

3 Injector 1 Control Circuit 1744

4 Injector 3 Control Circuit 1746

5 Injector 5 Control Circuit 845

6 Injector 2 Control Circuit 1745

7 Injector 4 Control Circuit 844

8 Injector 6 Control Circuit 846

Figure 6C1-2 – 16

Injector Coil Test – With Special Tool J39021

1 Depressurise the fuel system, refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System.

2 Turn the ignition OFF.

NOTE

After removing the upper intake manifold, plug

the lower manifold opening to prevent dirt and

other contaminants from entering.

3 Remove the upper intake manifold assembly, refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

4 Using Tech 2, observe the engine coolant temperature (ECT), refer to Section 0C Tech 2. If the ECT is 10 – 32°C,

refer to Engine Coolant Temperature Between 10 – 32(C, or if the ECT is outside this range, refer to Engine

Coolant Temperature Outside 10 – 32(C.

Page 6C1-2–50

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–51

Engine Coolant Temperature Between 10 – 32°C

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 1 Set the amperage supply selector switch on the

fuel injector tester (1), special tool J 39021 to the

Coil Test 0.5 A position. Refer to

Figure 6C1-2 – 17.

2 Connect the fuel injector tester leads (4 and 5) to

B+ and ground.

3 Connect the digital multimeter (2) positive and

negative lead to the fuel injector tester. Set the

multimeter to read DC Voltage.

4 Connect the fuel injector tester, using fuel injector

harness adapter, special tool J44602 to a fuel

injector.

5 Press the Push to Start Test button on the fuel

injector tester.

6 Observe and record the voltage reading on the

digital multimeter.

NOTE

The voltage reading may rise during the test.

Record the voltage reading after one second

of the test.

7 Repeat steps 4 through 6 for each fuel injector.

NOTE

The table in Figure 6C1-2 – 18 shows an

example of the results from a fuel injector

coil test.

Did any fuel injector have an erratic voltage reading

(large fluctuations in voltage that did not stabilise), or

voltage readings outside of the specified value? 5.5 – 6.6 V

Replace the faulty

fuel injector/s. Refer

to 2.15 Fuel Rail

Assembly, in

Section 6C1-3

Engine

Management – V6 –

Service Operations. System OK

When all repairs are completed, check the system for fuel leaks and correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–51

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–52

Engine Coolant Temperature Outside 10 – 32°C

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 1 Set the amperage supply selector switch on the

fuel injector tester (1), special tool J 39021 to the

Coil Test 0.5 A position. Refer to

Figure 6C1-2 – 17.

2 Connect the fuel injector tester leads (4 and 5) to

B+ and ground.

3 Connect the digital multimeter (2) positive and

negative lead to the fuel injector tester. Set the

multimeter to read DC Voltage.

4 Connect the fuel injector tester, using injector

harness adapter, special tool J44602 to a fuel

injector.

5 Press the Push to Start Test button on the fuel

injector tester.

6 Observe and record the voltage reading on the

digital multimeter.

NOTE

The voltage reading may rise during the test.

Record the voltage reading after one second

of the test.

7 Repeat steps 4 through 6 for each fuel injector.

8 Identify the highest voltage reading recorded from

the six fuel injectors tested that is 9.5 V or less.

NOTE

Disregard those voltage readings that are

greater than 9.5 V. Voltage readings greater

than 9.5 V indicate a faulty fuel injector.

9 Subtract the remaining voltage readings recorded

in Step 8, from the highest voltage reading.

Are any of the values recorded in Step 9 greater than

the specified value? 0.6 V Go to Step 2 System OK

2 1 Replace any fuel injector that has any of the

following:

− a subtracted value exceeding 0.6 V,

− an initial reading greater than 9.5 V, and

− an erratic reading.

NOTE

The table in Figure 6C1-2 – 19 shows an

example of the results from a fuel injector

coil test.

Has the repair been completed? – System OK. –

When all repairs are completed, check the system for fuel leaks and correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–52

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–53

Figure 6C1-2 – 17

Legend

1 Fuel Injector Tester – Special Tool J39021

2 Digital Multimeter

3 Fuel Injector Harness Adapter – Special Tool J44602

4 To Battery Positive Terminal

5 Battery Earth

Fuel Injector Coil Test Example – Engine Coolant Temp erature 10 – 32°C (Typical Values Shown)

Fuel Injector No. Voltage Reading Pass / Fail (acceptable range 5.5 - 6.6 V)

1 6.6 Pass

2 5.4 Fail

3 6.2 Pass

4 6.1 Pass

5 6.7 Fail

6 6.0 Pass

Figure 6C1-2 – 18

Fuel Injector Coil Test Example – Engine Coolant Temp erature Greater / Less Than 10 – 32°C (Typical Values

Shown)

Fuel Injector No. Voltage Reading Highest Voltage Reading

(9.5 V or less) Subtracted Value

(acceptable voltage 0.6 V) Pass / Fail

1 9.8 – –

Fail

2 6.4 7.0 0.6 Pass

3 6.9 7.0 0.1 Pass

4 5.8 7.0 1.2 Fail

5 7.0 7.0 0.0 Pass

6 6.3 7.0 0.7 Fail

Figure 6C1-2 – 19

Page 6C1-2–53

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–54

5.3 Fuel Injector Balance Test

To avoid irregular fuel pressure readings, do

not perform this procedure if the engine

coolant temperature is greater th an 94° C.

2 el injectors that are not functioning correctly before proceeding.

3 m is functioning correctly before proceeding with

4 ge is still connected to the fuel pressure test point, pressurise the fuel system. Refer to

5 When the fuel pressure reading stabilises, record the fuel pressure reading indicated by the fuel pressure gauge.

n Step 5 is

known as the first pressure reading.

8 Follow the Tech 2 prompts, recording the fuel pressure gauge reading for each injector.

tep 8 are

known as the second pressure reading

9 Perform the Fuel Injector Pressure Drop Calculation in this Section.

2 el injectors that are not functioning correctly before proceeding.

3 m is functioning correctly before proceeding with

4 ge is still connected to the fuel pressure test point, pressurise the fuel system. Refer to

5 When the fuel pressure reading stabilises, record the fuel pressure reading indicated by the fuel pressure gauge.

n Step 5 is

known as the first pressure reading.

6 Remove the upper intake manifold assembly, refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

event dirt and

other contaminants from entering.

7 39021 Fuel Injector Tester (1), and Tool No. J 44602 (3) to the fuel injector connector. Refer to

Figure 6C1-2 – 20.

Fuel Injector Balance Test – With Tech 2

1 Check the engine coolant temperature is less than 94°C.

Perform the fuel injector coil test and replace any fu

Refer to 5.2 Fuel Injector Coil Test in this Section.

Perform the fuel system pressure check and ensure the fuel syste

the fuel injector balance test. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System.

While the fuel pressure gau

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

NOTE

The fuel pressure reading taken i

6 Connect Tech 2 to the data link connector (DLC) and turn the ignition on.

7 On Tech 2 select Engine / V6 Engine / Actuator Test / Fuel Injector Balance.

NOTE

The fuel pressure readings taken in S

Fuel Injector Balance Test – Without Tech 2

1 Check the engine coolant temperature is less than 94°C.

Perform the fuel injector coil test and replace any fu

Refer to 5.2 Fuel Injector Coil Test in this Section.

Perform the fuel system pressure check and ensure the fuel syste

the fuel injector balance test. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System.

While the fuel pressure gau

Section 8A1 Fuel System.

NOTE

The fuel pressure reading taken i

NOTE

After removing the upper intake manifold, plug

the lower manifold opening to pr

Connect Tool No. J

Page 6C1-2–54

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–55

Figure 6C1-2 – 20

Legend

1 Fuel Injector Tester – Special Tool J39021

2 Fuel Pressure Gauge – Special Tool SD28018

3 Fuel Injector Harness Adapter – Special Tool J44602

4 To Battery Positive Terminal

5 Battery Earth

6 First Pressure Reading

7 Second Pressure Reading

8 Connect the fuel injector tester battery positive lead (4) and battery negative lead (5) to the battery, refer to

Figure 6C1-2 – 20.

9 Set the amperage supply selector of the fuel injector tester to the Balance Test 0.5 – 2.5 A position.

As the fuel pressure tends to increase after

the fuel injector stops fuel delivery, record the

fuel pressure value immediately after the fuel

injector stops fuel delivery. Do not record the

higher fuel pressure value.

the fuel injector.

11 Record the fuel pressure reading indicated by the fuel pressure gauge.

tep 10 is

known as the second pressure reading

13 Perform the Fuel Injector Pressure Drop Calculation in this Section.

10 Press the Push to Start Test Button on the fuel injector tester to activate

NOTE

The fuel pressure readings taken in S

12 Repeat the balance test pressure reading for each fuel injector.

Page 6C1-2–55

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–56

Fuel Injector Pressure Drop Calculation

Fuel Injector Balance Test Example – Typical Valu es Sh ow n

Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6

1st Pressure Reading 360 kPa 360 kPa 360 kPa 360 kPa 360 kPa 360 kPa

2nd Pressure

Reading 155 kPa 131 kPa 155 kPa 200 kPa 146 kPa 150 kPa

Amount of Pressure

Drop 205 kPa 229 kPa 205 kPa 160 kPa 214 kPa 210 kPa

Average Range

194 - 214 kPa Injector

OK Replace fuel

injector – too much

pressure drop

Injector

OK Replace fuel

injector – too little

pressure drop

Injector

OK Injector

Figure 6C1-2 – 21

1 Subtract the second pressure reading from the first pressure reading to calculate the pressure drop value. Refer to

Figure 6C1-2 – 21, typical results.

2 Calculate the pressure drop value for each fuel injector.

3 Add all the individual pressure drop values of each fuel injector to calculate the total pressure drop.

4 Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel injectors to calculate the average pressure drop.

Fuel Injector Pressure Drop Analysis

1 A fuel injector is faulty if its pressure drop value deviates from the average pressure drop by more than 10 kPa.

Do not repeat any portion of the test before

running the engine to prevent the engine from

flooding.

2 Re-test any fuel injector that does not meet the specification.

3 Replace all faulty fuel injectors, refer to 2.15 Fuel Rail Assembly, in Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Page 6C1-2–56

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–57

5.4 Fuel Injector Leak Down Test

1 Turn the ignition switch OFF.

NOTE

After removing the upper intake manifold, plug

the lower manifold opening to prevent dirt and

other contaminants from entering.

2 Remove the upper intake manifold assembly, refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

Clean around the area where the fuel

3 , attaching the fuel

rail to the lower intake manifold.

injectors enter the lower intake manifold.

Remove the bolt (1), three places

Care must be taken when removing the fuel

rail and injector assembly to prevent damage

to the injector sp ray tips and injector h arness

el rail and injector assembly

4 Lift up and support the fuel rail and injector assembly.

isconnect the fuel feed hose from the

fuel rail.

connector terminals.

Support the fu

after removal.

NOTE

Do not d

Figure 6C1-2 – 22

6 e the

refer to Section 0C Tech 2 for this

7 fuel system is pressurised, check the

• weeping at the fuel injector spray

1-3 Engine Management – V6

9 Carefully reinstall the fuel rail and injector assembly.

Place a board (1) with a sheet of clean paper (2),

preferably white, onto the lower intake manifold.

Using Tech 2, enable the fuel pump to pressuris

fuel system,

procedure.

Whilst the

following:

• Signs of fuel stains on the paper (3).

Signs of

tips (4).

If any of the above conditions are present, replace

the leaking fuel injector/s, refer to 2.15 Fuel Rail

Assembly, in Section 6C

– Service Operations.

Figure 6C1-2 – 23

Page 6C1-2–57

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–58

Ensure the fuel injectors are correctly seated

in the lower intake manifold, and the fuel rail

attaching brackets are correctly located prior

to tightening the attaching bolts.

10 Tighten the fuel rail bolts to the correct torque specification.

Fuel rail attaching bolt

torque specification ..................................8.0 – 12.0 Nm

11 Reinstall the upper intake manifold assembly, refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

efer to Section 8A1 Fuel System.

13 Road test the vehicle and check for correct operation.

12 Inspect the fuel rail and quick connect fitting for leaks, r

Page 6C1-2–58

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–59

5.5 Alcohol / Contaminants in Fuel

Diagnosis

Description

Water contamination in the fuel system may cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, stalling, no start, or misfires

in one or more cylinders. Water may collect near a single fuel injector at the lowest point in the fuel rail, and cause a

misfire in that cylinder. If the fuel system is contaminated with water, inspect the fuel system components for rust, or

deterioration.

Alcohol (e.g. Ethanol) concentrations more than 10% in the fuel can be detrimental to fuel system components. Alcohol

contamination may cause fuel system corrosion, deterioration of rubber components, and subsequent fuel filter

restriction. Fuel contaminated with alcohol may cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, lack of power, stalling, or

no start. Some types of alcohol are more detrimental to fuel system components than others.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure

NOTE

The procedures detailed are not intended to be

accurate but rather, indicative of a contamination

situation.

The fuel sample should be drawn from the bottom of the tank so that any water present in the tank will be detected. The

sample should be bright and clear. If alcohol contamination is suspected, then use the following procedure to test the fuel

quality.

• Using a 100 ml graduated cylinder with 1 ml marks, fill the cylinder with fuel to the 90 ml mark.

• Add 10 ml of water to bring the total fluid volume to 100 ml and install a stopper.

• Shake the cylinder vigorously for 10 – 15 seconds.

• Carefully loosen the stopper to release the pressure.

• Re-install the stopper and shake the cylinder vigorously again for 10 – 15 seconds.

• Put the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes to allow adequate liquid separation.

If alcohol is present in the fuel, the volume of the lower layer, that now contains both alcohol and water, will be more than

10 ml. For example, if the volume of the lower layer is increased to 15 ml, this indicates at least 5 percent alcohol in the

fuel. The actual amount of alcohol may be somewhat more because this procedure does not extract all of the alcohol

from the fuel. To obtain an accurate determination of the amount of alcohol contamination in a given fuel sample, then

professional analysis should be sought.

Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure

The fuel sample should be drawn from the bottom of the tank so that any contaminants present in the tank will be

detected. The sample should be bright and clear. If the sample appears cloudy or contaminated with water as indicated

by a water layer at the bottom of the sample, use the following procedure to diagnose the fuel.

• Using an approved fuel container, draw approximately 0.5 litre of fuel.

• Place the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes to allow settling of the particulate contamination.

Particulate contamination will show up in various shapes and colours. Sand will typically be identified by a white or light

brown crystals. Rubber will appear as black and irregular particles. If particles are found, clean the entire fuel system

thoroughly. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel Tank.

Page 6C1-2–59

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–60

5.6 Crankshaft Position (CKP) System

Variation Learn Procedure

Description

The crankshaft position system variation learn feature is carried out automatically on the HFV6 engine under decel with

fuel cut. The road speed and duration of the self-learn process varies with different vehicle equipment levels such as

transmission, final drive ratio etc.

The variation learn procedure cannot be over-written, nor can it be accessed with Tech 2.

Page 6C1-2–60

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–61

5.7 Throttle Body Relearn

A throttle body relearn procedure is performed in one of two ways:

• Engine Control Module initiated throttle body relearn, or

• Tech 2 initiated throttle body relearn.

Engine Control Module Throttle Body Relearn

The engine control module (ECM) will automatically perform a throttle body relearn procedure if either of the following

conditions exist:

• The battery has been disconnected, or

• The ignition switch is in the ON position for greater than 29 seconds, and the following conditions are met:

− Engine speed is less than 40 rpm,

− Vehicle speed is 0 km/h,

− Engine coolant temperature is 5 – 60°C,

− Intake air temperature is 5 – 60°C,

− Accelerator pedal position sensor angle is less than 14.9%, and

− Ignition voltage is greater than 10 V.

Tech 2 Throttle Body Relearn

To perform a throttle body relearn using Tech 2, complete the following procedure:

NOTE

Tech 2 will not initiate a throttle body relearn if the

engine is running.

1 Connect Tech 2 to the data link connector (DLC) and turn the ignition on.

2 On Tech 2 select Engine / Programming / Throttle Body Relearn.

3 When Tech 2 displays ‘Do you really want to Reset?’, press the ‘Yes’ soft key.

4 When Tech 2 displays ‘Programming Completed’, and the electronic throttle control value displayed by Tech 2 is

‘11’, press the ‘Confirm’ soft key to return to the Tech 2 Programming screen.

5 The throttle body relearn is now complete.

Page 6C1-2–61

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–62

5.8 Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC)

System Diagnosis

Circuit Description

An intake manifold runner control (IMRC) valve is used to change the intake manifold plenum configuration. When the

IMRC valve is open, the intake manifold is configured to one large plenum. When the IMRC valve is closed, the intake

manifold is configured to 2 smaller plenums. The IMRC valve improves engine performance at low and high engine

speeds.

Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the IMRC solenoid. The engine control module (ECM) controls the solenoid by

grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The driver is equipped with a feedback circuit that is

pulled up to a voltage. The ECM can determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground, or shorted to a voltage by

monitoring the feedback voltage.

Additional Information

Inspect the IMRC solenoid valve for witness marks that indicate that the valve was hitting the intake manifold. This

condition may be temperature related.

Test Description

The number below refers to the step number on the diagnostic table.

2 This diagnostic table will only diagnose the mechanical portion of the IMRC solenoid. If there is a DTC set for the

IMRC solenoid, refer to the appropriate DTC table. Refer to DTC List in Ascending Order.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? — Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

1 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

2 Use Tech 2 to check the DTC information.

Is DTC P2008, P2009, or P2010 set?

— Go to 6.1 DTC List

in Ascending Order Go to Step 3

1 Remove the intake manifold runner control (IMRC)

solenoid from the intake manifold, but leave the

electrical connector connected. Refer to Intake

Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Valve, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Diagnosis – V6 – Service

Operations.

2 Use Tech 2 to command the IMRC solenoid ON

and OFF.

3 Observe the valve of the IMRC solenoid while you

command the IMRC solenoid ON and OFF.

Does the valve of the IMRC solenoid move in both

directions?

—

Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

Page 6C1-2–62

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–63

1 Inspect the inside of the intake manifold for the

following conditions:

• Carbon build-up that limits the movement of

the IMRC valve.

• Casting flash that limits the movement of the

IMRC valve.

• Foreign material that limits the movement of

the IMRC valve.

2 Clean or replace the upper intake manifold as

required. Refer to 2.12 Upper Intake Manifold, in

Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6 Engine.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 6

Go to Additional

Information in this

DTC

1 Replace the IMRC solenoid. Refer to Intake

Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Valve, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Diagnosis – V6 – Service

Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 6 —

1 Connect all disconnected components.

2 Clear the DTCs with Tech 2.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the system to verify the repair.

Did you correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 2

7 1 Using T ech 2, select the DT C display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs? — Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–63

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–64

5.9 Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) controls the ignition coils by pulsing the ignition control (IC) circuits, which triggers an

ignition coil and fires the spark plug. The ECM controls the sequencing and the timing of each ignition coil. The ignition

system consist of the following components:

• The six ignition coils

• The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor

• The four camshaft position (CMP) sensors

• The ECM

The ignition coils use the following circuits:

• An IC circuit

• An ignition 1 voltage circuit

• Two ground circuits

Additional Information

• Use the J 35616-B Connector Test Adapter Kit for any test that requires probing the ECM harness connector or a

component harness connector.

• Inspect the ignition coils for aftermarket devices. An aftermarket device connected to the ignition coil circuits, may

cause a condition with the ignition coils.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the diagnostic table.

4 The ignition coils for each bank are fused separately. If a fuse opens or the ignition 1 voltage circuit opens between

the fuse and the splice, all the ignition coils for one bank of the engine would be inoperative. If the ground circuit

opens at the engine block, the ignition coils would be inoperative for one bank of the engine.

5 This step tests for an open or a high resistance in the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the ignition coil. If the DMM does

not display near battery voltage there is an open or a high resistance in the circuit.

6 This step determines if the ground circuit is open. If the circuit is open, the ignition coils would be inoperative for

one bank of the engine.

7 This step determines if the ignition 1 voltage circuit is shorted to ground. If the fuse is open, the ignition coils would

be inoperative for one bank of the engine.

Diagnostic Table

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed? — Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Were you sent here from DTC P0300 or P0301-P0306?

—

Go to Step 3

Go to 6.18 DTC

P0300 or 6.19 DTC

P0301, P0302,

P0303, P0304,

P0305 or P0306

Page 6C1-2–64

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–65

1 Start the engine.

2 Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.

3 Operate the engine at 2,000 rpm.

4 Monitor all of the Misfire Current Counters with a

scan tool. There are a total of 6 counters,

1 counter per cylinder.

Are any of the Misfire Current Counters incrementing?

—

Go to Step 4

Go to

4.2 Intermittent

Fault Conditions

4 Are all the misfire counters incrementing for one bank of

the engine? — Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

1 Ignition OFF.

2 Disconnect the appropriate ignition coil.

3 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

4 Connect a test lamp between the battery voltage

circuit of the ignition coil and a good ground.

5 Measure the voltage between the probe of the test

lamp and a good ground with a DMM. Refer to

Section 12 P Wiring Diagrams for the procedure to

measure voltage drop.

Is the voltage at the specified value?

B+

Go to Step 6 Go to Step 9

1 Connect the test lamp between the battery voltage

circuit of the ignition coil and to each ground circuit

of the ignition coil.

Does the test lamp illuminate at each ground circuit?

—

Go to Step 8 Go to Step 10

1 Test the battery voltage circuit for an open or high

resistance at the splice of the affected bank of

ignition coils. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for circuit testing procedures.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 12 Go to Step 10

1 Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection

at the ignition coil. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for circuit testing procedures.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11

NOTE

The battery voltage circuit is shared with

other components. Disconnecting a

component on the shared battery voltage

circuit may isolate a shorted component.

Review the electrical schematic and

diagnose the shared circuits and

components.

1 Repair a short to ground, an open or high

resistance in the ignition 1 voltage circuit. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for wiring repair

procedures.

2 Replace the fuse as necessary.

Did you complete the repair?

—

Go to Step 12 —

1 Repair the open or high resistance in the ground

circuit. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

wiring repair procedures.

Did you complete the repair?

—

Go to Step 12 —

Page 6C1-2–65

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–66

1 Replace the ignition coil. Refer to 2.17 Ignition

Coils, in Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 12 —

1 Connect all disconnected components.

2 Use Tech 2 to clear the DTC/s.

3 Start the engine.

4 Observe the Capture Info with Tech 2.

Do any of the misfire counters increment?

—

Go to Step 2 Go to Step 13

13 1 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs? — Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–66

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–67

6 Diagnostic Trouble Code Ta bles

6.1 DTC List in Ascending Order

As a number of diagnostic tables cater for multiple DTC numbers, a specific DTC table may be difficult to locate.

To make a specific DTC diagnostic table easier to find, the next list is arranged in numerical ascending order.

The actual diagnostic table can be located by selecting the link provided.

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0008 Engine Position System Performance (Bank 1) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0009 Engine Position System Performance (Bank 2) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0010 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P0011 Intake Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 1) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P0013 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P0014 Exhaust Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 1) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P0016 Crankshaft / Intake Camshaft Position not Plausible

(Bank 1) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0017 Crankshaft / Exhaust Camshaft Position not Plausible

(Bank 1) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0018 Crankshaft / Intake Camshaft Position not Plausible

(Bank 2) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0019 Crankshaft / Exhaust Camshaft Position not Plausible

(Bank 2) 6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

P0020 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P0021 Intake Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 2) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P0023 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P0024 Exhaust Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 2) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P0030 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0031 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0032 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0036 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

Page 6C1-2–67

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–68

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0037 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0038 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0040 O2 Sensor Signals Not Plausible (Bank 1, Sensor 1 &

Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.6 DTC P0040 or P0041

P0041 O2 Sensor Signals Not Plausible (Bank 1, Sensor 2 &

Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.6 DTC P0040 or P0041

P0050 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0051 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0052 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0053 O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Range / Performance

(Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.7 DTC P0053 or P0059

P0056 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0057 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0058 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

P0059 O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Range / Performance (Bank

2, Sensor 1) 6.7 DTC P0053 or P0059

P0101 Mass Air Flow Sensor Circuit Range / Performance 6.8 DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103

P0102 Mass Air Flow Sensor Voltage Low 6.8 DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103

P0103 Mass Air Flow Sensor Voltage High 6.8 DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103

P0112 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6.9 DTC P0112 or P0113

P0113 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6.9 DTC P0112 or P0113

P0116 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range /

Performance 6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

P0121 Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Range / Performance 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

P0122 Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

P0123 Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

Page 6C1-2–68

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–69

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0125 Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature For Closed Loop

Fuel Control 6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

P0130 O2 Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0131 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0132 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0133 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 6.13 DTC P0133 or P0153

P0135 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0137 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0138 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0139 O2 Sensor Slow Response (Bank1 Sensor 2) 6.14 DTC P0139 or P0159

P0140 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0141 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 1,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0150 O2 Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0151 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

Page 6C1-2–69

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–70

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0152 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0153 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 2 Sensor 1) 6.13 DTC P0133 or P0153

P0155 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0157 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0158 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0159 O2 Sensor Slow Response (Bank1 Sensor 2) 6.14 DTC P0139 or P0159

P0160 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 2, Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0161 O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 2,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P0196 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Range / Performance 6.15 DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198

P0197 Engine Oil Temperature Voltage Low 6.15 DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198

P0198 Engine Oil Temperature Voltage High 6.15 DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198

P0201 Injector 1 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0202 Injector 2 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0203 Injector 3 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0204 Injector 4 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0205 Injector 5 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

Page 6C1-2–70

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–71

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0206 Injector 6 Control Circuit Malfunction 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0219 Engine Overspeed Condition 6.17 DTC P0219

P0221 Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Range / Performance 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

P0222 Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

P0223 Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage 6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

P0261 Injector 1 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0262 Injector 1 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0264 Injector 2 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0265 Injector 2 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0267 Injector 3 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0268 Injector 3 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0270 Injector 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0271 Injector 4 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0273 Injector 5 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0274 Injector 5 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0276 Injector 6 Control Circuit Low Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

Page 6C1-2–71

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–72

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0277 Injector 6 Control Circuit High Voltage 6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,

P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264,

P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271,

P0273, P0274, P0276 or P0277

P0300 Engine Misfire Detected 6.18 DTC P0300

P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0302 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0303 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0304 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0305 Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0306 Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected 6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

P0324 Knock Sensor Module Performance 6.20 DTC P0324

P0327 Knock Sensor Circuit Low Frequency (Bank 1) 6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333

P0328 Knock Sensor Circuit High Frequency (Bank 1) 6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333

P0332 Knock Sensor Circuit Low Frequency (Bank 2) 6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333

P0333 Knock Sensor Circuit High Frequency (Bank 2) 6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333

P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction 6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338

P0336 Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal Range / Performance 6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338

P0337 Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Low Duty Cycle 6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338

P0338 Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit High Duty Cycle 6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338

P0341 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance

(Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0342 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0343 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0346 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance

(Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0347 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0348 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0351 Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

Page 6C1-2–72

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–73

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0352 Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P0353 Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P0354 Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P0355 Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P0356 Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit Malfunction 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P0366 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance

(Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0367 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0368 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 1) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0391 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance

(Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0392 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0393 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 2) 6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346,

P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368,

P0391, P0392 or P0393

P0420 Catalytic System – Low Efficiency (Bank 1) 6.25 DTC P0420 or P0430

P0430 Catalytic System – Low Efficiency (Bank 2) 6.25 DTC P0420 or P0430

P0443 Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid

Circuit Malfunction 6.26 DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459

P0458 Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid

Circuit Low Voltage 6.26 DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459

P0459 Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid

Circuit High Voltage 6.26 DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459

P0460 Fuel Level Sensor Range / Performance 6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463

P0461 Fuel Level Sensor Range / Performance 6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463

P0462 Fuel Level Sensor Low Voltage 6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463

P0463 Fuel Level Sensor High Voltage 6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463

P0480 Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit Malfunction 6.28 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

Page 6C1-2–73

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–74

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0481 Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit Malfunction 6.28 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction 6.29 DTC P0500

P0504 Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction 6.30 DTC P0504 or P0571

P0506 Idle Speed Control rpm Too Low 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P0507 Idle Speed Control rpm Too High 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P0513 Wrong Transponder Key 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P0521 Oil Pressure Sensor Range / Performance 6.33 DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523

P0522 Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage Low 6.33 DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523

P0523 Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage High 6.33 DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523

P0532 A/C Pressure Sensor Voltage Low 6.34 DTC P0532 or P0533

P0533 A/C Pressure Sensor Voltage High 6.34 DTC P0532 or P0533

P0560 System Voltage Malfunction 6.35 DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563

P0562 System Voltage Low Voltage 6.35 DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563

P0563 System Voltage High Voltage 6.35 DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563

P0571 Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction 6.30 DTC P0504 or P0571

P0601 Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606

P0602 Program Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606

P0604 Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606

P0606 Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606

P0615 Starter Relay Circuit Malfunction 6.37 DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617

P0616 Starter Relay Circuit Low Voltage 6.37 DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617

P0617 Starter Relay Circuit High Voltage 6.37 DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617

P0625 Alternator F Terminal Low Voltage 6.38 DTC P0625 or P0626

P0626 Alternator F Terminal High Voltage 6.38 DTC P0625 or P0626

P0627 Fuel Pump Relay Circuit Malfunction 6.39 DTC P0627, P0628 or P0629

P0628 Fuel Pump Relay Voltage Low 6.39 DTC P0627, P0628 or P0629

P0629 Fuel Pump Relay Voltage High 6.39 DTC P0627, P0628 or P0629

P0633 Immobiliser Function Not Programmed 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P0638 Commanded Versus Actual Throttle Position Correlation 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P0645 A/C Relay Circuit Malfunction 6.39 DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647

P0646 A/C Relay Voltage Low 6.39 DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647

P0647 A/C Relay Voltage High 6.39 DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647

P0685 Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit Malfunction 6.41 DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687

P0686 Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit Low Voltage 6.41 DT C P0685, P0686 or P0687

Page 6C1-2–74

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–75

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P0687 Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit High Voltage 6.41 DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687

P0691 Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit Low Voltage 6.27 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

P0692 Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit High Voltage 6.27 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

P0693 Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit Low Voltage 6.27 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

P0694 Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit High Voltage 6.27 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

P0700 Malfunction Indicator (MI) Request from Transmission

Control Module (TCM) 6.42 DTC P0700

P0704 Clutch Switch Input Circuit Malfunction 6.43 DTC P0704

P0850 Park / Neutral Signal Circuit Incorrect Signal 6.44 DTC P0850

P0864 Invalid Signal from TCM (Transmission Control Module) 6.45 DTC 864

P1011 Intake Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 1) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P1012 Exhaust Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 1) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P1013 Intake Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 2) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P1014 Exhaust Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 2) 6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

P1258 Engine Coolant Over Temperature – Protection Mode

Active 6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

P1551 Throttle Control Lower Position Not Reached during

Learning Mode 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P1629 Immobiliser Fuel Enable Signal Not Received 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P1632 Immobiliser Fuel Disable Signal Received 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P1648 Wrong Security Code Entered 6.45 DTC P1648

P1668 Alternator L Terminal Circuit Malfunction 6.47 DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501

P1677 Immobiliser Function not Enabled 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P1678 Engine Control Module Identification Failed 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P1679 Immobiliser Environment Identification Failed 6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632,

P1677, P1678 or P1679

P1845 Engine Torque Reduction Malfunction 6.48 DTC P1845

P2008 Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction 6.49 DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010

P2009 Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit Low

Voltage 6.49 DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010

P2010 Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit High

Voltage 6.49 DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010

P2088 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low

Voltage (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

Page 6C1-2–75

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–76

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P2089 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High

Voltage (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2090 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low

Voltage (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2091 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High

Voltage (Bank 1) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2092 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low

Voltage (Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2093 Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High

Voltage (Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2094 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Low Voltage

(Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2095 Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High

Voltage (Bank 2) 6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

P2096 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Below Lower Limit

(Bank 1) 6.50 DTC P2096 or P2098

P2097 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Above Upper Limit

(Bank 1) 6.51 DTC P2097 or P2099

P2098 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Below Lower Limit

(Bank 2) 6.50 DTC P2096 or P2098

P2099 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Above Upper Limit

(Bank 2) 6.51 DTC P2097 or P2099

P2100 Throttle Control Motor Malfunction 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P2101 Throttle Control Position Range / Performance 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P2105 Throttle Control Forced Engine Shutdown 6.52 DTC P2105

P2107 Throttle Control Malfunction 6.53 DTC P2107

P2119 Closed Throttle Position Range / Performance 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P2122 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 Voltage Low 6.54 P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138

P2123 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 Voltage High 6.54 P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138

P2127 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Low 6.54 P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138

P2128 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage High 6.54 P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138

P2138 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1-2 Correlation 6.54 P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138

P2176 Throttle Control Lower Position not Learned 6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551,

P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176

P2177 Fuel Trim Lean during Cruising / Acceleration (Bank 1) 6.55 DTC P2177 or P2179

P2178 Fuel Trim Rich during Cruising / Acceleration (Bank 1) 6.56 DTC P2178 or P2180

P2179 Fuel Trim Lean during Cruising / Acceleration (Bank 2) 6.55 DTC P2177 or P2179

P2180 Fuel Trim Rich during Cruising / Acceleration (Bank 2 6.56 DTC P2178 or P2180

Page 6C1-2–76

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–77

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P2187 Fuel Trim Lean during Idling / Deceleration (Bank 1) 6.57 DTC P2187 or P2189

P2188 Fuel Trim Rich during Idling / Deceleration (Bank 1) 6.58 DTC P2188 or P2190

P2189 Fuel Trim Lean during Idling / Deceleration (Bank 2) 6.57 DTC P2187 or P2189

P2190 Fuel Trim Rich during Idling / Deceleration (Bank 2) 6.58 DTC P2188 or P2190

P2195 B1S1 O2 Sensor – System Too Lean (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 6.59 DTC P2195 or P2197

P2196 B1S1 O2 Sensor – System Too Rich (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 6.60 DTC P2196 or P2198

P2197 B2S1 O2 Sensor – System Too Lean (Bank 2 Sensor 1) 6.59 DTC P2195 or P2197

P2198 B2S1 O2 Sensor – System Too Rich (Bank 2 Sensor 1) 6.60 DTC P2196 or P2198

P2227 Barometric Pressure Sensor Range / Performance 6.61 DTC P2227, P2228 or P2229

P2228 Barometric Pressure Sensor Voltage Low 6.61 DTC P2227, P2228 or P2229

P2229 Barometric Pressure Sensor Voltage High 6.61 DTC P2227, P2228 or P2229

P2231 O2 Sensor Signal Short to Heater Circuit (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.61 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

P2232 O2 Sensor Signal Short to Heater Circuit (Bank 1

Sensor 2) 6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

P2234 O2 Sensor Signal Short to Heater Circuit (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

P2235 O2 Sensor Signal Short to Heater Circuit (Bank 2

Sensor 2) 6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

P2237 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240, P2241

or P2242

P2238 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240, P2241

or P2242

P2239 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240, P2241

or P2242

P2240 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240,

P2241, P2242, P2626 or P02629

P2241 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240,

P2241, P2242, P2626 or P02629

P2242 O2 Sensor Pump Current Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.63 DTC P2237, P2238, P2239, P2240,

P2241, P2242, P2626 or P02629

P2243 O2 Sensor Voltage Signal Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2247 O2 Sensor Voltage Signal Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2251 O2 Sensor Ground Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

P2254 O2 Sensor Ground Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.62 DTC P2231, P2232, P2234, P2235, P2251

or P2254

Page 6C1-2–77

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–78

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P2270 O2 Sensor Lean / Rich Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 1,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2271 O2 Sensor Rich / Lean Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 1,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2272 O2 Sensor Lean / Rich Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 2,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2273 O2 Sensor Rich / Lean Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 2,

Sensor 2) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2297 O2 Sensor Range / Performance During Deceleration Fuel

Cutoff (Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2298 O2 Sensor Range / Performance During Deceleration Fuel

Cutoff (Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135,

P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

P2300 Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2301 Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2303 Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2304 Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2306 Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2307 Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2309 Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

Page 6C1-2–78

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–79

DTC Description Diagnostic Table

P2310 Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2312 Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2313 Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2315 Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit Low Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2316 Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit High Voltage 6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354,

P0355, P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303,

P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315 or P2316

P2500 Alternator L Terminal Low Voltage 6.47 DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501

P2501 Alternator L Terminal High Voltage 6.47 DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501

P2626 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

P2627 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

P2628 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit High Voltage

(Bank 1, Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

P2629 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

P2630 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

P2631 O2 Sensor Pump Current Trim Circuit High Voltage

(Bank 2, Sensor 1) 6.64 DTC P2626, P2627, P2628, P2629, P2630

or P2631

U0001 No Communication with CAN-Bus (High Speed) 6.65 DTC U0001

U0101 CAN-Bus No Communication With TCM (Transmission

Control Module) 6.66 DTC U0101

U0121 CAN-Bus No Communication With ABS / TC / ESP 6.67 DTC U0121 or U0415

U0155 CAN-Bus No Communication With Gateway 6.68 DTC U0155 or U 0423

U0415 CAN-Bus Invalid Data ABS / TC / ESP 6.66 U0121 or U0415

U0423 CAN-Bus Invalid Data From Gateway 6.67 DTC U0155 or U 0423

Page 6C1-2–79

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–80

6.2 DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018

or P0019

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0008 – Engine Position System Performance (Bank 1)

• DTC P0009 – Engine Position System Performance (Bank 2)

• DTC P0016 – Crankshaft / Intake Camshaft Position Not Plausible (Bank 1)

• DTC P0017 – Crankshaft / Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible (Bank 1)

• DTC P0018 – Crankshaft / Intake Camshaft Position Not Plausible (Bank 2)

• DTC P0019 – Crankshaft / Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the camshaft position (CMP) actuator solenoids

through the ignition voltage circuit.

Using a device called a driver, the ECM applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the individual CMP solenoid

control circuit. This controls the oil pressure that advances or retards each camshaft position.

The ECM compares the camshaft position to the crankshaft position to detect CMP system malfunction. A CKP / CMP

sensor correlation DTC sets if the ECM detects a deviation between the target position of the camshaft and the

crankshaft position.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0008 or P0009

Run continuously once the following conditions are met.

• DTCs P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347, P0348,

P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391, P0392, P0393, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094 and P2095 ran

and passed:

• The engine is running.

• The ECM has learned the camshafts position.

DTC P0016, P0017, P0018 or P0019

Run continuously once the following conditions are met.

• DTCs P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0335, P0336, P0338, P0341, P0342, P0343,

P0346, P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391, P0392, P0393, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092,

P2093, P2094 and P2095 ran and passed:

• The calculated engine oil temperature is less than 95°C.

• The engine coolant temperature is 20 – 90°C.

• The engine is running for greater than 5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0008

The ECM detects that both camshafts on Bank 1 of the engine are misaligned with the crankshaft.

DTC P0009

The ECM detects that both camshafts on Bank 2 of the engine are misaligned with the crankshaft.

Page 6C1-2–80

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–81

DTC P0016, P0017, P0018 or P0019

The ECM detects the following deviation in the correlation between the camshaft position and the crankshaft position for

greater than 10 minutes:

• a camshaft position is too advanced in relationship to the crankshaft, or

• a camshaft position is too retarded in relationship to the crankshaft.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The CKP / CMP sensor correlation DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the CMP system operation.

• Inspect the engine for recent engine mechanical repairs. Incorrect camshaft, camshaft actuator or timing chain

installation will trigger these DTCs.

• The engine oil condition has a major impact on the operation of the camshaft actuator.

• A low oil level may set these DTCs.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 A fault condition in any of the listed sensors will trigger these DTCs.

5 Incorrect camshaft, camshaft actuator or timing chain installation will trigger these DTCs.

DTC P0008, P0009, P0016 to P0019 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0008, P0009, P0016, P0017, P0018 or P0019 fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Are DTCs relating to the following DTCs also set:

• Camshaft actuator circuit

• CMP sensor circuit

• CKP sensor circuit

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 4

Page 6C1-2–81

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–82

Step Action Yes No

4 1 Inspect the engine for the following fault conditions. Refer to 6A1

Engine Mechanical – V6:

• incorrect installation of the CMP sensor,

• incorrect installation of the CKP sensor,

• timing chain tensioner fault condition,

• incorrectly installed timing chain,

• excessive play in the timing chain, and

• timing chain that jumped teeth.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 5

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

5 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the crankshaft / camshaft position correlation DTCs fail

this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 6

6 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–82

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–83

6.3 DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088,

P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093,

P2094 or P2095

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0010 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1)

• DTC P0013 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1)

• DTC P0020 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2)

• DTC P0023 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2)

• DTC P2088 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P2089 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P2090 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P2091 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P2092 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P2093 – Intake Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P2094 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P2095 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the camshaft position (CMP) actuator solenoids

through the ignition voltage circuit.

Using a device called a driver, the ECM applies pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the individual CMP solenoid

control circuit to control the oil pressure that advances or retards each camshaft position.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to

determine an open, short to ground or short to a positive voltage fault condition in the control circuit.

A CMP actuator solenoid control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in a CMP solenoid

control circuit when the solenoid is commanded off.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2090, P2092 or P2094

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The ECM has commanded the CMP actuator on and off at least once during the ignition cycle.

DTC P2089, P2091, P2093, or P2095

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Page 6C1-2–83

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–84

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0010, P0013, P0020 or P0023

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in a CMP solenoid control circuit when the solenoid is commanded off.

DTC P2088, P2090, P2092 or P2094

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in a CMP solenoid control circuit.

DTC P2089, P2091, P2093 or P2095

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in a CMP solenoid control circuit.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The CMP actuator solenoid control circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section

for action taken when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the intake CMP actuator

operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to determine if the CMP actuator control circuit is open, shorted to

ground or shorted to a positive voltage. If the voltage is outside the specified range, there is a fault condition with

the control circuit.

DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088 to P2095 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds or

operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091,

P2092, P2093, P2094 or P2095 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Disconnect the appropriate CMP actuator wiring connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Connect a test lamp between the CMP actuator ignition voltage

circuit and a good ground.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

Page 6C1-2–84

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–85

Step Action Yes No

4 1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

appropriate CMP solenoid control circuit and a good ground.

Does the multimeter display 2.0 – 3.0 V? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the open circuit fault condition at the CMP solenoid ignition

voltage circuit. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information

on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the appropriate CMP control circuit for a high resistance or open

circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the appropriate CMP solenoid. Refer to Section 6C1-3

Engine Management V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the CMP actuator solenoid control circuit DTCs fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–85

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–86

6.4 DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011,

P1012, P1013, or P1014

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0011 – Intake Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 1)

• DTC P0014 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 1)

• DTC P0021 – Intake Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 2)

• DTC P0024 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Range / Performance (Bank 2)

• DTC P1011 – Intake Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 1)

• DTC P1012 – Exhaust Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 1)

• DTC P1013 – Intake Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 2)

• DTC P1014 – Exhaust Camshaft Actuator Park Position (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the camshaft position (CMP) actuator solenoids

through the ignition voltage circuit.

Using a device called a driver, the ECM applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the individual CMP solenoid

control circuit. This controls the oil pressure that advances or retards each camshaft position.

The ECM compares the camshaft position to the crankshaft position to detect CMP system malfunction. A CMP system

performance or park position DTC sets if the ECM detects a deviation between the camshafts actual position and the

ECM calculated camshaft position.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0011, P0014, P0021 and P0024

Run continuously once the following conditions are met.

• DTCs P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P0342, P0343, P0347, P0348, P0367, P0368, P0392, P0393, P2088, P2089,

P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094 and P2095 ran and passed:

• The ECM has commanded the CMP actuator from the park position to the phased position 5 times in 10 seconds.

• The engine speed is greater than 1,000 rpm

• The engine is operating for approximately 5 minutes.

DTC P1011, P1012, P1013 and P1014

Run continuously once the following conditions are met.

• DTCs P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094 and P2095 ran and

passed:

• The ECM has completed the CMP actuator solenoid output driver test.

• The engine speed is greater than 1,000 rpm

Page 6C1-2–86

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–87

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0011, P0014, P0021 or P0024

The ECM detects the following conditions:

• The target position (ECM calculated position of the camshaft) and the actual position of the camshaft deviates by

greater than 5 degrees.

• The difference between the actual camshaft angle and the locked position angle deviates by greater than

1 degree.

• The above conditions exists for 7 seconds.

DTC P1011, P1012, P1013 and P1014

The ECM detects that a CMP actuator is not in the parked position on engine start-up.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

DTC P0011, P0014, P0021 and P0024

The CMP system performance DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

DTC P1011, P1012, P1013 and P1014

The CMP system park position DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the CMP system operation.

• The following conditions may trigger the camshaft position system performance or park position DTCs:

• Mechanical fault condition in the CMP actuator assembly. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine Mechanical – V6.

• Switching off the engine while the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• Switching off the engine while driving.

• Pressing the accelerator pedal while cranking the engine.

• An engine idle flare during start-up.

• The engine oil condition has a major impact on the operation of the camshaft actuator.

• A low oil level may set these DTCs.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 A fault condition in any of the listed sensors will trigger these DTCs.

5 Isolates the fault condition. The CMP actuator is faulty if the DTC moves with the suspected sensor.

Page 6C1-2–87

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–88

DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011 to P1014 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P1011, P1012, P1013 or

P1014 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3 Refer to Additional

Information

3 Are DT Cs relating to the following sensors also set:

• CMP sensor circuit or performance

• CMP actuator circuit or performance

• CKP sensor circuit or performance

• Oil pressure sensor

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 4

4 Remove and inspect the CMP actuator solenoid. Refer to Section

6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

5 1 Swap the suspected the CMP actuator solenoid with the CMP

actuator solenoid that is operating correctly.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does the suspected CMP actuator solenoid trigger a DTC in its new

location? Go to Step 6

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

6 Replace the suspected CMP solenoid. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 7 —

7 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the camshaft position system performance or park DTCs

position fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 8

8 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Are there any DTCs displayed?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–88

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–89

6.5 DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037,

P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056,

P0057 or P0058

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0030 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0031 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0032 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0036 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0037 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0038 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0050 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0051 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0052 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0056 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0057 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0058 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies positive voltage to the heater ignition voltage circuits of the HO2S. The ECM applies a

pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the heater control circuit of the HO2S through a device within the ECM called a

driver, to control the HO2S rate of heating.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up when the voltage is approximately 3.3 V. The ECM monitors the Driver

feedback circuit to determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

An HO2S heater control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a high resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to

voltage fault condition in the HO2S heater control circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• Engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0030, P0036, P0050 or P0056

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in the HO2S heater control circuit when the HO2S heater is commanded

off.

DTC P0031, P0037, P0051 or P0057

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the HO2S heater control circuit when the HO2S heater is

commanded off.

DTC P0032, P0038, P0052 or P0058

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the HO2S heater control circuit for five seconds when the HO2S

heater is commanded on.

Page 6C1-2–89

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–90

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The HO2S heater control circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the HO2S system operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• A faulty HO2S heater element may cause an open heater circuit condition. This fault may be intermittent or only

show up after the sensor has operated for a period.

• Inspect the HO2S wiring harness for contact with the exhaust system.

• The front and the rear HO2Ss have a separate fuse connection. If both front or both rear DTCs are set, the

appropriate HO2S ignition voltage circuit may be open.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to determine if the heater control circuit is open, shorted to ground or

shorted to a positive voltage. If the voltage is outside the specified range, there is a fault condition with the heater

control circuit.

DTC P0030 to P0032, P0036 to P0038, P0050 to P0052 and P0056 to P0058 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to run at idle speed for at least 30 seconds.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050,

P0051, P0052, P0056, P0057 or P0058 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Disconnect the appropriate HO2S wiring connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Connect a test lamp between the HO2S heater ignition voltage

circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

Page 6C1-2–90

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–91

Step Action Yes No

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the HO2S

heater control circuit and a good ground.

Does the multimeter display:

For Euro 2 emissions (MY2005 vehicles)

• Alloytec 190 HO2S 1: 4.6 – 5.2 V?

• Alloytec 190 HO2S 2: 2.8 – 4.2 V?

• Alloytec HO2S 1: 2.8 – 4.2 V?

For Euro 3 emissions (MY2006 vehicles)

• All Alloytec Engines HO2S 1: 4.6 – 5.2 V?

• All Alloytec Engines HO2S 2: 2.8 – 4.2 V? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 NOTE

The HO2S ignition voltage circuit is shared with other

sensors. Ensure that all circuits and components that

share this ignition voltage circuit are tested for a short to

ground.

Repair the high resistance open circuit or short to ground fault

condition in the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair

procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the HO2S heater control circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the appropriate HO2S. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the HO2S heater control circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–91

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–92

6.6 DTC P0040 or P0041

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0040 – O2 Sensor Signals Not Plausible (Bank 1, Sensor 1 & Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0041 – O2 Sensor Signals Not Plausible (Bank 1, Sensor 2 & Bank 2, Sensor 2)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies positive voltage to the heater ignition voltage circuits of the HO2S. The ECM applies a

pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the heater control circuit of the HO2S through a device within the ECM called a

driver, to control the HO2S rate of heating.

The ECM applies a voltage of approximately 450 mV between the reference signal circuit and low reference circuit of the

HO2S while the sensor temperature is less than the operating range.

Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature, the sensor varies this reference signal voltage, which constantly

fluctuates between the high voltage output and the low voltage output.

• The low voltage output is 0 – 450 mV, which occurs if the air fuel mixture is lean.

• The high voltage output is 450 – 1,000 mV, which occurs if the air fuel mixture is rich.

The ECM monitors, stores and evaluates the HO2S voltage fluctuation information to determine the level of oxygen

concentration in the exhaust.

An HO2S signal not plausible or wire connector swapped DTC sets if the ECM detects the HO2S signal voltages are

heading in the opposite direction of what was commanded.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information in this Section for details of the HO2S

system operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• The HO2S must be tightened correctly. A loose HO2S will trigger these DTCs.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The engine is running.

• The O2 sensors are in closed loop.

• The ECM is commanding the HO2Ss fuel trim.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects the HO2S signal voltages are heading in the opposite direction of what was commanded.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The HO2S signal not plausible DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Page 6C1-2–92

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–93

DTC P0040 and P0041 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does P0040 or P0041 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Check the HO2S 2 wiring connectors for a swapped connector fault

condition.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4

4 Are DT Cs relating to other circuits of the HO2S also set? Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

5 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the HO2S signal not plausible or wire connector swapped

DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 6

6 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–93

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–94

6.7 DTC P0053 or P0059

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0053 – O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Range / Performance (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0059 – O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Range / Performance (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies positive voltage to the heater ignition voltage circuits of the HO2S. The ECM applies a

pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the heater control circuit of the HO2S through a device within the ECM called a

driver, to control the HO2S rate of heating.

The ECM maintains the voltage between the reference signal circuit and low reference circuit of the HO2S 1 to about 450

mV by increasing or decreasing the oxygen content in the HO2S diffusion gap. To achieve this, the ECM controls the

current applied to the oxygen pumping cell in the HO2S.

• If the air / fuel mixture in the exhaust is balanced (lambda = 1), the oxygen pumping cell current is zero.

• If the exhaust gas in the HO2S 1 diffusion gap is lean, the ECM applies a positive current to the oxygen pumping

cell to discharge oxygen from the diffusion gap.

• If the exhaust gas in the HO2S 1 diffusion gap is rich, the ECM applies a negative current to the oxygen pumping

cell to draw oxygen into the diffusion gap.

The pumping current required to maintain the HO2S 1 signal circuit voltage to about 450 mV is proportional to the level of

oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas. The ECM monitors and evaluates the oxygen pumping current to determine the

level of oxygen concentration in the exhaust.

An HO2S internal heater resistance performance DTC sets if the ECM detects an internal fault condition in the ECM

HO2S heater circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0101, P0121, P012, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0336,

P0338, P2237, P2243 and P2626 ran and passed.

• The calculated exhaust temperature is greater than 400ºC.

• The engine does not misfire.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The HO2S is commanded on.

• The engine is running at speed greater than 25 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

There is an internal fault condition in the ECM HO2S heater circuit.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The HO2S internal heater resistance performance DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in

this Section for action taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Page 6C1-2–94

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–95

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the HO2S system operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• The HO2S must be tightened correctly. A loose HO2S will trigger these DTCs.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0053 and P0059 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does P0053 or P0059 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Are DT Cs relating to other circuits of the HO2S also set? Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 4

4 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 5 —

5 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the HO2S internal heater resistance performance DTCs

fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 6

6 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–95

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–96

6.8 DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0101 – Mass Air Flow Sensor Circuit Range / Performance

• DTC P0102 – Mass Air Flow Sensor Voltage Low

• DTC P0103 – Mass Air Flow Sensor Voltage High

Circuit Description

The ignition control relay applies ignition positive voltage to the mass airflow (MAF) sensor. The ECM applies 5 V

reference voltage and ground through the low reference circuit.

A heater resistor on the MAF sensor heats a micro-mechanical sensor diaphragm at a constant temperature. Two

temperature dependent resistors positioned at each side of the heater resistor measure the intake air temperature:

• The first is located at a position before the intake air passes through the heater resistor. This temperature

dependent resistor measures the temperature of the intake air before the air is heated.

• The second is located at a position after the intake air has passed through the heater resistor. This sensor

measures the temperature of the intake air after the air is heated.

The evaluation circuit on the MAF sensor converts the difference in the resistance value of these two temperature

dependent resistors into an analogue signal voltage. The ECM monitors this signal voltage through the MAF sensor

signal to calculate the engine intake air mass.

A MAF sensor circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the actual MAF sensor signal is not within the predetermined range of

the calculated MAF sensor value.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0101

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 and P0223 ran and passed.

• The engine is running.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The MAF sensor signal is -11.6 to +295 grams per second.

• The ECM detects greater than 150 crankshaft revolutions.

DTC P0102

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 and P0223 ran and passed.

• The engine is running.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

DTC P0103

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 and P0223 ran and passed.

• The engine is running at speed greater than 320 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Page 6C1-2–96

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–97

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0101

The ECM detects the MAF sensor signal is not within the predetermined range of the calculated MAF value for 2

seconds.

DTC P0102

The ECM detects the MAF sensor signal is less than -11.7 grams per second.

DTC P0103

The ECM detects the MAF sensor signal is greater than 294 grams per second.

Additional Information

• The MAF sensor circuit DTCs is a Type B DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTC.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the MAF sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Inspect the MAF sensor for an incorrectly routed harness or if the harness is too close to the following:

− ignition coil,

− solenoids,

− relays, and

− motors.

• A low minimum air rate may cause this DTC to set during deceleration. Inspect for the following conditions:

− a plugged or a collapsed intake air duct, or a dirty air filter element,

− objects that block the MAF sensor air inlet screen, and

− sticking or dirty throttle plate or throttle bore.

• Any un-metered air that enters the engine may cause this DTC to set. Inspect for vacuum leaks in the following:

− intake manifold,

− throttle body,

− barometric pressure (BARO) sensor seal,

− EVAP canister purge valve seal,

− brake booster system,

− air induction system, and

− crankcase ventilation system.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–97

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–98

DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0101, P0102 or P0103 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Inspect for the following fault conditions:

• engine vacuum leak,

• air leak in the intake air duct between the MAF sensor and the

throttle body,

• plugged or collapsed intake air duct,

• objects that block the MAF sensor inlet screen,

• restricted air filter element,

• restricted throttle plate or carbon build-up around the throttle

plate,

• unseated engine oil dipstick,

• loose or missing engine oil cap, and

• over filled crankcase.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 4

4 1 Disconnect the MAF sensor wiring connector.

2 Connect a test lamp between the MAF sensor ignition voltage

circuit and the ECM housing.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 11

5 1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

MAF sensor 5 V reference circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 8

6 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the MAF sensor 5 V

reference circuit and signal circuit.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using Tech 2, observe the MAF sensor voltage parameter.

Does Tech 2 display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 9

Page 6C1-2–98

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–99

Step Action Yes No

7 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

MAF sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly after completing the test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 10

8 T est the MAF sensor 5 V reference circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

NOTE

The MAF sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other

sensors. A fault condition in the 5 V reference circuit will

trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13

9 T est the MAF sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13

10 Test the MAF sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance or an

open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13

11 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the MAF

sensor circuit ignition voltage. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams

for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

12 Replace the MAF sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

13 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

14 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the MAF Sensor Circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 15

15 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–99

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–100

6.9 DTC P0112 or P0113

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0112 – Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0113 – Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The ECM applies a reference 5 V to the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor signal circuit and ground through the low

reference circuit. The IAT sensor is a variable resistor that measures the engine intake air temperature.

• Increased temperature in the intake air decreases the resistance value of the IAT sensor. This increases the IAT

sensor pull-down rate to ground. Therefore, the higher the intake air temperature, the lower the signal voltage

output of the IAT sensor.

• Decreased temperature in the intake air increases the resistance value of the IAT sensor. This reduces the IAT

sensor pull-down rate to ground. Therefore, the lower the intake air temperature, the higher the signal voltage

output of the IAT sensor.

An IAT sensor circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the intake air temperature is outside the specified range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine is running for longer than 3.0 minutes.

• The engine is idling for longer than 10.0 seconds

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0112

The ECM detects the intake air temperature is greater than 132°C for longer than 3.0 seconds.

DTC P0113

The ECM detects the intake air temperature is less than - 38°C for longer than 3.0 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The IAT sensor DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken when a

Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTC.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the IAT Sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Test the IAT sensor using the IAT Temperature vs. Resistance in Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations. If the engine has sat overnight, the IAT sensor should display within 3°C of the ECT sensor

values.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–100

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–101

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 Tests the signal circuit of the IAT sensor.

4 Measures the integrity of the IAT sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the ECM Fuse 29 enables the ECM to

power down completely prior to the test procedure.

DTC P0112 or P0113 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0112 or P0113 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the IAT sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the IAT

sensor signal circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

IAT sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 T est the IAT sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

6 T est the IAT sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

NOTE

The IAT sensor shares the low reference circuit with other

sensors. A fault condition in the low reference circuit may

trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit. Refer to

2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts to assist

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

Page 6C1-2–101

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–102

Step Action Yes No

7 Replace the IAT sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the IAT sensor DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–102

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–103

6.10 DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or

P1258

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0116 – Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range / Performance

• DTC P0117 – Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0118 – Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0125 – Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature For Closed Loop Fuel Control

• DTC P1258 – Engine Coolant Over Temperature - Protection Mode Active

Circuit Description

The ECM applies a reference 5 V to the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor signal circuit and ground through the

low reference circuit. The ECT sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant.

• Increased temperature in the engine coolant decreases the resistance value of the ECT sensor. This increases the

ECT sensor pull-down rate to ground. Therefore, the higher the engine coolant, the lower the signal voltage output

of the ECT sensor.

• Decreased temperature in the engine coolant increases the resistance value of the ECT sensor. This reduces the

ECT sensor pull-down rate to ground. Therefore, the lower the engine coolant temperature, the higher the signal

voltage output of the ECT sensor.

An ECT sensor DTC sets if the ECM detects the engine coolant temperature is outside the predetermined range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0116

Runs continuously when the engine is running.

DTC P0117, P0118 and P1258

Runs continuously when the ignition is switched on.

DTC P00125

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, and P0694 are not set.

• The engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0116

The ECM detects the engine coolant temperature sensor value is 10°C less than the minimum calculated engine

temperature.

DTC P0117

The ECM detects the engine coolant temperature is greater than 140°C for longer than 3 seconds.

DTC P0118

The ECM detects the engine coolant temperature is less than -39°C for longer than 3 seconds.

Page 6C1-2–103

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–104

DTC P0125

The ECM determines the calculated engine temperature by measuring the amount of airflow into the engine. This DTC

sets if the ECM detects the actual ECT sensor is not within 10ºC of the calculated engine temperature for approximately

2 – 5 minutes.

DTC P1258

The ECM detects the engine coolant temperature is greater than 131°C for longer than 2 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECT sensor DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken when a

Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTC.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECT sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118 and P0125 diagnostic table is developed with the assumption the engine cooling

system is functioning correctly. Therefore, rectify any engine cooling system fault conditions before proceeding with

this diagnostic table.

• Test the ECT sensor using the ECT Temperature vs. Resistance in Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –V6 –

Service Operations. If the engine has sat overnight, the ECT sensor should display within 3°C of the IAT sensor

values. When the engine is first started, the ECT should rise steadily to about 90°C then stabilise when thermostat

opens.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 A fault condition in the engine cooling system may trigger these DTCs.

7 The ECT sensor low reference circuit is shared with other components. DTC P0118 may set if the shared low

reference circuit is shorted to voltage. Test the low reference circuit of all components that share this circuit to find

the source of the fault condition.

DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 and P1258 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 T est the engine cooling system for correct operation. Refer to

Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 3

3 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 or P1258 fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 4

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Page 6C1-2–104

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–105

Step Action Yes No

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the ECT sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

ECT sensor signal circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

ECT sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7

6 T est the IAT sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

7 T est the ECT sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

NOTE

The ECT sensor shares the low reference circuit with other

sensors. A fault condition in the low reference circuit may

trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit. Refer to 2

Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section to

assist diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

8 Replace the ECT sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

9 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the ECT sensor DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–105

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–106

6.11 DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221,

P0222,or P0223

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0121 – Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Range / Performance

• DTC P0122 – Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0123 – Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0221 – Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Range / Performance

• DTC P0222 – Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0223 – Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The ECM applies 5 V to the throttle position (TP) sensor 1 through the 5 V reference circuit and the ground through the

low reference circuit. TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2 share common 5 V reference circuit and low reference circuit.

The TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2 have individual signal circuits with opposite functionality. These signal circuits provide

the ECM with a signal voltage that is proportional to the throttle plate movement.

• The TP sensor 1 signal voltage is less than 1 V when the throttle plate is in closed position, which increases to

greater than 4 V when the throttle plate is moved to wide-open throttle.

• The TP sensor 2 signal voltage is greater than 4 V when the throttle plate is in closed position, which decreases to

less than 1 V when the throttle plate is moved to wide-open throttle.

The ECM monitors and compares the TP sensor 1 signal voltage to the TP sensor signal voltage 2. In addition, the ECM

compares the TP sensor signal to the MAF sensor signal to determine a calculated TP sensor signal.

A TP sensor DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the TP sensor signal output.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0121 runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is greater than 7 V.

• The TP sensor 1 signal voltage is 0.17 – 4.6 V.

DTC P0122, P0123, P0222 and P0223 runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is greater than 7 V.

• The ignition is switched on.

DTC P0221 runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The battery voltage is greater than 7 V.

• The TP sensor 2 signal voltage is 0.15 – 4.8 V.

DTC P0222 runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The battery voltage is greater than 7 V.

• The ignition is switched on.

Page 6C1-2–106

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–107

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0121

The following conditions exist:

• The TP sensor 1 signal voltage and the TP sensor 2 signal voltage have a difference of greater than 9 percent.

• The TP sensor signal voltage has a difference of greater than 9 percent from the calculated TP sensor signal

voltage.

DTC P0122

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 signal voltage is less than 0.18 volt.

DTC P0123

The ECM detects the TP sensor 1 signal voltage is greater than 4.6 V.

DTC P0221

The following conditions exist:

• The TP sensor 2 signal voltage and the TP sensor 1 signal voltage have a difference of greater than 9 percent.

• The TP sensor 2 signal voltage has a difference of greater than 9 percent from the calculated TP sensor signal

voltage.

DTC P0222

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 signal voltage is less than 0.16 volt.

DTC P0223

The ECM detects the TP sensor 2 signal voltage is greater than 4.8 V.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 are P0223 are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the TP sensor operation.

• The ECM defaults to a reduced power mode if there is a fault condition in the TP sensor circuits for the entire

ignition cycle, even if the fault condition is corrected.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• The TP sensors share a common 5 V reference circuit, test for a fault condition in the 5 V reference circuit if both

DTCs P0122 and P0222 are set.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

6 Measures the integrity of the TP sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the ECM Fuse 29 enables the ECM to

power down completely prior to the test procedure.

Page 6C1-2–107

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–108

DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 or P0223 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal to wide-open throttle then

release pedal. Repeat this procedure several times or operate

the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

4 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 or P0223 fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Disconnect the throttle actuator wiring connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the TP

sensor 5 V reference circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 1 Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the TP sensor 5 V

reference circuit and the TP sensor 1 signal circuit.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using Tech 2, observe the TP sensor 1 voltage parameter.

Does Tech 2 display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 8

5 1 Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the TP sensor 5 V

reference circuit and the TP sensor 2 signal circuit.

2 Using Tech 2, observe the TP sensor 2 voltage parameter.

Does Tech 2 display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 9

6 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

TP sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing the test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

7 NOTE

TP sensor 1 share the 5 V reference circuit with TP sensor

2. A fault condition in the TP sensor 5 V reference circuit

may trigger DTCs on both sensors.

Test the TP sensor 5 V reference circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

Page 6C1-2–108

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–109

Step Action Yes No

8 T est the TP sensor 1 signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

9 T est the TP sensor 2 signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit,

short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

10 Test the TP sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance or an

open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

11 Replace the throttle body assembly. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 13 —

12 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 13 —

13 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the TP Sensor Circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 14

14 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–109

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–110

6.12 DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135, P0137,

P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150 P0151,

P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270,

P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0130 – O2 Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0131 – O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0132 – O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0135 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0137 – O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0138 – O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0140 – O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0141 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0150 – O2 Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0151 – O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0152 – O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0155 –O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P0157 – O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0158 – O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0160 – O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P0161 – O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Range / Performance (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P2243 – O2 Sensor Voltage Signal Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P2247 – O2 Sensor Voltage Signal Circuit Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

• DTC P2270 – O2 Sensor Lean / Rich Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P2271 – O2 Sensor Rich / Lean Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 1, Sensor 2)

• DTC P2272 – O2 Sensor Lean / Rich Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P2273 – O2 Sensor Rich / Lean Switch Signal Malfunction (Bank 2, Sensor 2)

• DTC P2297 – O2 Sensor Range / Performance During Deceleration Fuel Cutoff (Bank 1, Sensor 1)

• DTC P2298 – O2 Sensor Range / Performance During Deceleration Fuel Cutoff (Bank 2, Sensor 1)

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies positive voltage to the heater ignition voltage circuits of the HO2S. The ECM applies a

pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the heater control circuit of the HO2S through a device within the ECM called a

driver, to control the HO2S rate of heating.

HO2 Sensor 2

The ECM applies a voltage of approximately 450 mV between the reference signal circuit and low reference circuit of the

HO2S while the sensor temperature is less than the operating range.

Once the HO2S reaches operating temperature, the sensor varies this reference signal voltage, which constantly

fluctuates between the high voltage output and the low voltage output.

• The low voltage output is 0 – 450 mV, which occurs if the air fuel mixture is lean.

• The high voltage output is 450 – 1,000 mV, which occurs if the air fuel mixture is rich.

The ECM monitors, stores and evaluates the HO2S voltage fluctuation information to determine the level of oxygen

concentration in the exhaust.

Page 6C1-2–110

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–111

HO2 Sensor 1

The ECM maintains the voltage between the reference signal circuit and low reference circuit of the HO2S 1 to about 450

mV by increasing or decreasing the oxygen content in the HO2S diffusion gap. To achieve this, the ECM controls the

current applied to the oxygen pumping cell in the HO2S

The pumping current required to maintain the HO2S 1 signal circuit voltage to about 450 mV is proportional to the level of

oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas.

• If the air / fuel mixture in the exhaust is balanced (lambda = 1), the oxygen pumping cell current is zero.

• If the exhaust gas in the HO2S 1 diffusion gap is lean, the ECM applies a positive current to the oxygen pumping

cell to discharge oxygen from the diffusion gap.

• If the exhaust gas in the HO2S 1 diffusion gap is rich, the ECM applies a negative current to the oxygen pumping

cell to draw oxygen into the diffusion gap.

The ECM monitors and evaluates the oxygen pumping current to determine the level of oxygen concentration in the

exhaust.

An HO2S reference circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the HO2S signal voltage is outside the predetermined range for a

specified period.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0150, P0151 or P0152

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The engine is running.

DTC P0135 and P0155

Condition 1

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0101, P103, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0151,

P0152, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0338, P2237, P2240, P2243, P2247, P2251 and P2254 ran and

passed.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

• The ECM internal sensing element resistance test is enabled.

Condition 2

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0101, P103, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0151,

P0152, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0338, P2237, P2240, P2243, P2247, P2251 and P2254 ran and

passed.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

• The ECM internal sensing element resistance test is enabled.

• The fuel injectors are not disabled.

• If the engine is operating and the ignition is turned off, the engine must be off for at least 5 minutes for this DTC to

run.

Page 6C1-2–111

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–112

DTC P0137 and P0157

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0117, P0118, P0125 and P0128 ran and passed.

• The engine is operating for longer than two minutes.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

• The calculated exhaust temperature is 250ºC – 800ºC.

• The engine coolant temperature is less than 40ºC at start-up and greater than 60ºC when the ignition was turned off

last ignition cycle.

• The fuel tank level is greater than 25 percent.

DTC P0138 and P0158

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine is operating for longer than two minutes.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

• The calculated exhaust temperature is 250ºC – 800ºC.

DTC P0140 and P0160

Run continuously once the following conditions are met for longer than 90 seconds:

• The engine is operating.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The calculated exhaust temperature is 250º C – 800º C.

DTC P0141 and P0161

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0036, P0037, P0038, P0056, P0057, and P0058 ran and passed.

• DTCs P0137, P0138, P0140, P0157, P0158, or P0160 are not set.

• The engine is operating.

• The ECM internal sensing element resistance is valid.

• The fuel system is not in decel fuel shut-off.

• The intake air temperature is greater than -7ºC.

• If the engine is operating and the ignition is turned off, the engine must be off for at least 5 minutes for this DTC to

run.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The calculated exhaust temperature is 360ºC – 500ºC.

DTC P2243 and P2247

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0050, P0051 and P0052 ran and passed.

• The ECM internal sensing element resistance is greater than 570 .

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

Page 6C1-2–112

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–113

DTC P2270 and P2272

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0036, P0037, P0038, P0056, P0057, P0058, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0157, P0158, P0160, P0161,

P0342, P0343, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0458 and P0459 ran and passed.

• The engine is running.

• The HO2S 2 are at operating temperature for longer than 10 seconds.

• The long term fuel control is enabled.

• The MAF sensor is greater than 10 g/s.

DTC P2297 and P2298

Condition 1

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0130 and P0150 ran and passed.

• The HO2S 1 are at operating temperature.

• The desired HO2S 1 signal is less than 1.6 lambda.

• The internal ECM HO2S 1 signal voltage is less than 4.81 V.

• The fuel injectors are enabled.

Condition 2

Run continuously once a decel fuel cut-off has occurred 11 times with successful adjustments

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0130 and P0150

The ECM detects the HO2S signal voltage is out of range.

DTC P0131 and P0151

The ECM internal HO2S voltage is less than the specified threshold.

DTC P0132 and P0152

The ECM internal HO2S voltage is less than the specified threshold.

DTC P0135 and P0155

Condition 1

The ECM internal HO2S sensing element resistance is less than the specified threshold for longer than 15 seconds.

Condition 2

The ECM detects the calculated HO2S temperature is greater than a predetermined threshold.

DTC P0137 and P0157

The ECM detects the HO2S signal voltage is less than 60 mV.

Page 6C1-2–113

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–114

DTC P0138 and P0158

The ECM detects the HO2S signal voltage is greater than 1050 mV.

DTC P0140 and P0160

The ECM detects one of the following conditions:

• The HO2S signal voltage is 400 – 500 mV for longer than 5 minutes, or

• the internal resistance of the HO2S is greater than 40,000  when the calculated exhaust temperature is greater

than 600ºC.

DTC P0141 and P0161

The ECM detects the HO2S internal resistance is not within the expected range for longer than 6 seconds.

DTC P2243 and P2247

The ECM detects the internal HO2S signal voltage is not 0.2 – 4.7 V.

DTC P2270 and P2272

When the ECM detects the HO2S 2 is less than 650 mV for 100 seconds, the ECM enriches the fuel mixture up to 30

percent for 10 seconds. This DTC sets if the ECM detects the HO2S 2 is still less than 650 mV.

DTC P2271 and P2273

When the ECM detects the HO2S 2 is greater than 650 mV for 100 seconds, the ECM leans the fuel mixture up to -7

percent for 10 seconds. If this signal voltage is still greater than 650 mV, the ECM tests the HO2S at the next decel fuel

cut-off. This DTC sets if the ECM detects the HO2S 2 signal voltage is greater than 200 mV after 4 seconds in decel fuel

cu-off mode.

DTC P2297 and P2298

The ECM detects the internal HO2S 1 signal voltage is greater than 3.7 V for longer than 10 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The HO2S reference circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the HO2S system operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• The HO2S must be tightened correctly. A loose HO2S will trigger these DTCs.

• A fault condition in the fuel delivery system, air intake system or exhaust system may trigger these DTCs.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–114

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–115

DTC P0130 to P0132, P0135 to P0138, P0140, P0141, P0150 to P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247, P2270 to P2273, P2297 or P2298 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed? Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds or

operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting the DTC.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140,

P0141, P0150, P0151, P0152, P0155, P0160, P0161, P2243, P2247,

P2270, P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297 or P2298 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Are DT Cs relating to the heater circuit of the O2 sensor, also set?

(e.g. P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051,

P0052, P0056, P0057 or P0058)

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 4

4 1 Disconnect the appropriate HO2S wiring connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

HO2S reference signal circuit and low reference circuit.

Does the multimeter display 350 – 550 mV? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

5 1 T est the reference signal circuit of the HO2S for a high

resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault

condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information

on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 6

6 1 T est the low reference circuit of the HO2S for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition.

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

7 1 T est or inspect for the following conditions that may cause the

HO2S to detect an incorrect air / fuel mixture:

− lean or rich fuel injector fuel delivery,

− restricted air intake system,

− contaminated fuel,

− low fuel line pressure,

− exhaust leak near the HO2S, and

− leak in the crankcase or vacuum line.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

8 1 Replace the appropriate HO2S. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

Page 6C1-2–115

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–116

Step Action Yes No

9 1 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any HO2S reference circuit DTC fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 1 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–116

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–117

6.13 DTC P0133 or P0153

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0133 – HO2S Circuit Slow Response – Bank 1 Sensor 1

• DTC P0153 – HO2S Circuit Slow Response – Bank 2 Sensor 1

Circuit Description

The wide band heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) measures the amount of oxygen in the exhaust system and provides more

information than the switching style HO2S. The wide band sensor consists of an oxygen sensing cell, an oxygen pumping

cell, and a heater.

The exhaust gas sample passes through a diffusion gap between the sensing cell and the pumping cell. The engine

control module (ECM) supplies a voltage to the HO2S and uses this voltage as a reference to the amount of oxygen in

the exhaust system. An electronic circuit within the ECM controls the pump current through the oxygen pumping cell to

maintain a constant voltage in the oxygen sensing cell. The ECM monitors the voltage variation in the sensing cell and

attempts to keep the voltage constant by increasing or decreasing the amount of current flow, or oxygen ion flow, to the

pumping cell.

By measuring the amount of current required to maintain the voltage in the sensing cell, the ECM can determine the

concentration of oxygen in the exhaust. The HO2S voltage is displayed as a lambda value. A lambda value of 1 is equal

to a stoichiometric air fuel ratio of 14.7:1. Under normal operating conditions, the lambda value will remain around 1.

When the fuel system is lean, the oxygen level will be high and the lambda signal will be high or more than 1. When the

fuel system is rich, the oxygen level will be low, and the lambda signal will be low or less than 1. The ECM uses this

information to maintain the correct air / fuel ratio.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• Before the ECM can report DTC P0133 or P0153 failed, DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, P0223,

P0336, P0338, P2237, and P2240 must run and pass.

• DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0053, P0059, P0130, P0131, P0132, P0135, P0150, P0151,

P0151, P0152, P0155, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0496, P167A, P167B, P2096, P2097,

P2098, P2099, P2231, P2234, P2243, P2247, P2251, P2254, P2297, P2298, P2626, and P2629 are not set.

• The HO2S is at operating temperature.

• The HO2S is between 0.94 – 1.06 lambda.

• The engine speed is between 1,480 – 2,040 rpm.

• The volumetric efficiency is between 16.5 – 38.3 percent.

• The change in volumetric efficiency is less than 3 percent.

• The evaporative emission (EVAP) purge is not active, or the ECM determines the EVAP hydrocarbon (HC)

concentration is less than a predetermined amount when EVAP purge is active.

• The long term fuel trim correction is active.

• DTCs P0133 and P0153 run continuously once the above conditions are met for 10 minutes.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

• The ECM has determined that the dynamic value of the affected HO2S is less than a predetermined threshold.

• The above condition is met for more than 4 seconds.

Page 6C1-2–117

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–118

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The ECM illuminates the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the second consecutive

ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.

• The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic

fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the

second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The

control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

• The ECM turns OFF the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) after four consecutive

ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.

• A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.

• A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission

related diagnostic.

• Use Tech 2 to clear the MIL/DTC.

Additional Information

• Use the J 35616 Connector Test Adapter Kit for any test that requires probing the ECM harness connector or a

component harness connector.

• The lower connector of the ECM is connector A43-X1 and the upper connector of the ECM is connector A43-X2.

Refer to 2.2 ECM Connector End Views in this Section.

• The front wide band sensors do not toggle or switch like a switching HO2S. The front HO2S signals will be relatively

stable for an idling engine.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

• The following table illustrates the typical voltages for the HO2S circuits:

HO2S Voltages

Conditions:

• Ignition ON, Engine OFF

• HO2S Disconnected

HO2S Circuit Voltage

Heater Control 4.6 – 5.0 V

Heater Supply Voltage B+

Reference Voltage 2.6 – 3.1 V

Low Reference 2.2 – 2.7 V

Pump Current Less than 0.5 A

Input Pump Current Less than 0.5 A

Test Description

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the diagnostic table.

2 This step determines if the condition exists.

4 This step determines if the fuel system is contaminated.

Page 6C1-2–118

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–119

DTC P0133 or P0153 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

NOTE

• DTC P0133 is for Bank 1 sensor 1 and DTC P0153 is

for bank 2 sensor 1.

• DTC P0132 causes DTC P0153 to set. If DTC P0132 is

set with DTC P0153, refer to 6.12 DTC P0132 or

P0152 in this Section.

• Inspect the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) for being

secure before proceeding with this DTC. A sensor that

is loose could cause this DTC to set.

1 Start engine and allow to reach operating temperature.

2 Observe the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) information with

Tech 2.

Did DTC P0133 and / or DTC P0153 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3

1 Observe the Freeze Frame / Failure Records for this DTC.

2 Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you

observed from the Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Did the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 4

Go to Additional

Information in this

DTC

4 Did DT C P0133 and DTC P0153 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

1 Inspect for an exhaust leak near the HO2S. Refer to Section 8B

Exhaust System. After you inspect the exhaust system, return to

this diagnostic.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

1 Inspect or test for the following conditions:

• Inspect that the HO2S is securely installed.

• Inspect for corrosion on the HO2S terminals.

• Inspect the terminal tension at the HO2S and at the engine

control module (ECM). Refer to Section 12

Wiring Diagrams.

• Inspect the HO2S wiring for damage.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7

Page 6C1-2–119

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–120

Step Action Yes No

NOTE

If both DTCs are set, determine and correct the cause of

the contamination before replacing a sensor.

1 Inspect for the following conditions:

• Fuel contamination – refer to 5.5 Alcohol / Contaminants in

Fuel Diagnosis in this Section.

• The correct RTV sealant.

• Engine oil consumption – refer to Section 6A1

Engine Mechanical – V6.

• Engine coolant consumption – refer to Section 6B1

Engine Cooling – V6.

2 Replace the HO2S. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 8 —

1 Use Tech 2 to Clear the DTCs.

2 Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you

observed from the Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Did the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 9

9 1 Using T ech 2, select the DT C display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–120

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–121

6.14 DTC P0139 or P0159

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0139 – O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

• DTC P0159 – O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 2 Sensor 2)

Circuit Description

The post catalytic converter heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) produces a voltage that varies between 100 – 900 mV under

normal operating conditions. The engine control module (ECM) produces a bias voltage on the HO2S signal circuit of 420

– -480 mV. The reference ground for the sensor is provided through the ECM.

The ECM monitors the signal voltage to determine if the exhaust is lean or rich. The oxygen sensor voltage is high when

the exhaust is rich, and low when the exhaust is lean. The ECM constantly monitors the HO2S signal during the Closed

Loop operation. If the ECM detects that the decel fuel cut-off rich-to-lean transition time is too long, DTC P0139 will set

for Bank 1 sensor 2, or DTC P0159 will set for bank 2 sensor 2.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• DTCs P0021, P0024, P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056, P0057, P0058,

P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128,

P0131, P0132, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0139, P0140, P0141, P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158, P0159,

P0160, P0161, P0201-P0208, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270,

P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0300, P0301-P0308, P0335, P0336,

P0340, P0341, P0345, P0346, P0351-P0358, P0365, P0366, P0390, P0391, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449,

P0453, P0454, P0455, P0458, P0459, and P0496 are not set.

• The ECT Sensor parameter is more than 66° C.

• The Vehicle Speed Sensor parameter is between 5 – 180 km/h.

• The calculated catalytic converter temperature is more than 520° C.

• DTC P0139 or P0159 runs continuously once the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

• The ECM detects that the decel fuel cut-off and rich-to-lean transition time has exceeded 1 second.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The ECM illuminates the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the second consecutive

ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.

• The ECM records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the

control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second

consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure.

• The ECM writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

• The ECM turns OFF the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) after three consecutive

ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.

• A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.

• A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission

related diagnostic.

• Use Tech 2 to clear the MIL and the DTC.

Page 6C1-2–121

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–122

DTC P0139 or P0159 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? — Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

1 Start and run the engine until normal operating

temperature is reached.

2 Quickly cycle the throttle from closed throttle to

wide open throttle (WOT) 3 times within

5 seconds while observing the HO2S Bank 1

Sensor 2 or HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 voltage

parameter with Tech 2.

Does the voltage react immediately when performing

the above action?

—

Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

1 Observe the Freeze Frame / Failure Records for

this DTC.

2 Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for

Running the DTC. You may also operate the

vehicle within the conditions that you observed

from the Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Did the DTC fail this ignition?

—

Go to Step 4 Go to 4.2 Intermittent

Fault Conditions.

1 Ignition OFF.

2 Disconnect the affected heated oxygen sensor

(HO2S) 2

3 Connect a 3 Amp fused jumper wire between the

HO2S high signal circuit, on the engine harness

side connector, and a good ground.

4 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

5 Use Tech 2 to observe the affected HO2S 2

parameter

Is the voltage less than the specified value?

25 mV

Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

1 Remove the jumper wire from the previous step.

2 Connect a 3 Amp fused jumper wire between the

HO2S high signal circuit and the HO2S low signal

circuit, on the engine harness side connector.

3 Use Tech 2 to observe the HO2S 2 parameter.

Is the voltage less than the specified value?

25 mV

Go to Step 6 Go to Step 8

1 Remove the jumper wire from the previous step.

2 Measure the resistance of the following circuits

with a DMM:

• The HO2S heater low control circuit.

• The ignition voltage circuit Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Is the resistance of either circuit more than the

specified value?

5 Ω

Go to Step 12 Go to Step 9

Page 6C1-2–122

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–123

1 Test the HO2S high signal circuit for an open or

high resistance. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 11

1 Test the HO2S low signal circuit for an open or

high resistance. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 11

1 The HO2S is detecting a rich or lean exhaust

condition or may be contaminated. Inspect for

one of the following conditions:

• HO2S connector water intrusion.

• A silicon-contaminated HO2S.

• Fuel-contaminated engine oil – refer to

5.5 Alcohol / Contaminants in Fuel

Diagnosis in this Section.

• Rich fuel injectors.

• Lean fuel injectors. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel System

• An exhaust leak between the HO2S and the

engine. Refer to Section 8B Exhaust

System.

• Vacuum leaks.

• Fuel contamination. Water, even in small

amounts, can be delivered to the fuel

injectors, causing a lean exhaust to be

indicated. Excessive alcohol in the fuel can

also cause this condition. Refer to

5.5 Alcohol / Contaminants in Fuel

Diagnosis in this Section.

• An inaccurate mass air flow (MAF) sensor.

2 Repair any of the above or similar engine

conditions, as necessary.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 10

10 1 Test for intermittent and poor connections at the

HO2S. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition? — Go to Step 15 Go to Step 13

1 Test for intermittent and poor connections at the

engine control module (ECM). Refer to

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 14

12 1 Repair the circuit with high resistance. Refer to

12P Wiring Diagrams.

Did you complete the repair? — Go to Step 15 —

1 Replace the affected HO2S. Refer to

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 15 —

Page 6C1-2–123

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–124

14 1 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement? — Go to Step 15 —

1 Use Tech 2 to clear the DTCs.

2 Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for

Running the DTC. You may also operate the

vehicle within the conditions that you observed

from the Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Did the DTC fail this ignition?

—

Go to Step 2 Go to Step 16

16 1 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs? — Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–124

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–125

6.15 DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0196 – Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Range / Performance

• DTC P0197 – Engine Oil Temperature Voltage Low

• DTC P0198 – Engine Oil Temperature Voltage High

Circuit Description

The ECM applies a positive 5 V reference voltage to the engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor through the 5 V reference

circuit and the ground through the low reference circuit.

The EOT sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine oil. This sensor provides signal

voltage to the ECM that is proportional to the oil temperature off the engine.

The ECM monitors and compares the EOT sensor signal voltage against a specified range. An EOT sensor circuit DTC

sets if the ECM detects the EOT sensor signal voltage is outside the specified range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0196, P0197 and P0198 run continuously when the engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0196

The ECM detects the engine oil temperature sensor is not within 100°C of the modelled temperature

NOTE

The modelled temperature is the temperature that

the ECM expects to see given current engine

operating conditions.

DTC P0197

The ECM detects the engine oil temperature is less than -35°C for longer than 3 seconds.

DTC P0198

The ECM detects the engine oil temperature is greater than 170°C for longer than 3 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The EOT sensor circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when a Type C DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the EOT sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–125

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–126

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

5 Test signal circuit of the EOT sensor. This circuit should display a voltage within the specified range.

6 Measures the integrity of the EOT sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the Fuse 29 enables the ECM to power

down completely prior to the test procedure.

DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 T est the engine cooling system for correct operation. Refer to

Section 6B1 Engine Cooling – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 3

3 Inspect the engine oil condition. Refer to Section 6A1

Engine Mechanical – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 4

4 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0196, P0197 or P0198 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 5

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

5 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the EOT sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

EOT sensor signal circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7

6 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM / TCM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

EOT sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 T est EOT sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit, short

to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

Page 6C1-2–126

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–127

Step Action Yes No

8 T est the EOT sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance and

open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

NOTE

The EOT sensor shares the low reference circuit with other

sensors. A fault condition in the low reference circuit may

trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit. Refer to 2

Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section to

assist diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

9 Replace the EOT sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

10 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

11 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the conditions for the engine oil pressure sensor circuit

DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 12

12 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–127

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–128

6.16 DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205,

P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265,

P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273,

P0274, P0276 or P0277

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0201 – Injector 1 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0202 – Injector 2 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0203 – Injector 3 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0204 – Injector 4 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0205 – Injector 5 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0206 – Injector 6 Control Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0261 – Injector 1 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0262 – Injector 1 Control Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0264 – Injector 2 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0265 – Injector 2 Control Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0267 – Injector 3 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0268 – Injector 3 Control Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0270 – Injector 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0271 – Injector 4 Control Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0273 – Injector 5 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0274 – Injector 5 Control Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0276 – Injector 6 Control Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0277 – Injector 6 Control Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive voltage to the fuel injector ignition circuit. The ECM applies a pulse width

modulated (PWM) ground to the injector control circuit through a device within the ECM called a driver to control each

fuel injector on time.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up when the voltage is approximately 3.3 V. The ECM monitors the driver

feedback circuit to determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

A fuel injector control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in a fuel injector control circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• the battery voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V, and

• engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205 or P0206

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in a fuel injector circuit.

Page 6C1-2–128

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–129

DTC P0261, P0264, P0267, P0270, P0273 and P0276

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the control circuit a fuel injector.

DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271, P0274 and P0277

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the control circuit of a fuel injector.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The fuel injector control circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the fuel injector operation.

• Using Tech 2, observe the appropriate fuel injector status parameter while wriggle testing related harness and

connectors. Tech 2 reading will change from Ok to Fault if there is an intermittent fault condition in the harness or

connector being tested.

• Perform the fuel injector coil test to help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to 5.2 Fuel Injector Coil Test in this

Section.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 Determines if there is a fault condition in the ignition voltage supply circuit. The fuel injectors for each bank of the

engine are fused separately. If all DTCs for a single bank are set, there may be a fault in one of the ignition supply

circuits.

5 Verifies the ECM is sending control voltage to the fuel injector.

6 Tests if the feed back voltage circuit within the ECM is providing the correct voltage.

DTC P0201 to P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273,

P0274, P0276 and P0277 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0261,

P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274,

P0276 or P0277 set? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Page 6C1-2–129

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–130

Step Action Yes No

3 1 Disconnect the fuel injector interconnect harness connector.

Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service

Operations.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Connect a test lamp between the ignition voltage circuit of the

appropriate fuel injector, ECM side of the interconnect

connector, and the ECM housing.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

appropriate fuel injector control circuit, ECM side of the

interconnect connector, and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 2.6 – 4.6 mV? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the open circuit or short to ground fault condition in the ignition

voltage circuit of the appropriate fuel injector. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

6 T est the control circuit of the appropriate fuel injector, between the

interconnect connector and the ECM, for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

7 1 Remove the upper intake manifold. Refer to Section 6A1-Engine

Mechanical – V6.

2 Test the control circuit and the ignition voltage circuit of the

appropriate fuel injector, between the interconnect connector

and the appropriate fuel injector connector, for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition.

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

8 Replace the appropriate fuel injector. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

9 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the fuel injector control circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–130

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–131

6.17 DTC P0219

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0219 – Engine Overspeed Condition.

Circuit Description

The ECM continually monitors the engines operating environment. A engine over-speed condition DTC sets if the ECM

detects an engine speed in excess of 7200 RPM.

NOTE

An over-speed condition will occur when a low

gear on a manual transmission vehicle has been

selected whilst the vehicle is travelling at high

road speed. This DTC will not set if the engine is

free-revved as the ECM will limit engine speed.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0219 runs continuously when the following conditions are met:

• The vehicle is fitted with a manual transmission

• The engine is running.

• The ignition voltage is between 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects an engine speed in excess of 7200 RPM for 1 second or longer.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The engine over-speed DTC is a Type C DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0219 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the diagnostic system check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0219 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Page 6C1-2–131

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–132

3 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 4 —

4 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does DTC P0219 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 5

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Are there any DTCs displayed?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–132

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–133

6.18 DTC P0300

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTC:

DTC P0300 Engine Misfire Detected.

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and the camshaft position

(CMP) sensors to determine when an engine misfire is occurring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation

speed for each cylinder, the ECM is able to detect individual misfire events. A misfire rate that is high enough can cause

3-way catalytic converter damage. The Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will flash ON and

OFF when the conditions for catalytic converter damage are present. DTCs P0301 through P0306 correspond to

cylinders 1 through 6. If the ECM is able to determine that a specific cylinder is misfiring, the DTC for that cylinder will set.

If the misfire rate is sufficient to cause emission levels to exceed a predetermined value, this DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, or P0338 are not set.

• The engine speed is between 400 – 7,000 rpm and steady.

• The delivered torque signal is more than 10 percent at idle.

• The delivered torque signal is between 9 – 30 percent with the transmission in drive.

• The intake air temperature (IAT) is more than –30° C.

• The fuel level is more than 12 percent.

• The torque management is not active.

• The antilock brake system / traction control system (ABS / TCS) is not active.

• The fuel cut-off is not active, including the traction control, the deceleration, the high vehicle speed, and the high

engine speed.

• DTC P0300 runs continuously when the above conditions exist for at least 1,000 engine revolutions.

•

Conditions for Setting the DTC

• The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels

to exceed mandated standards.

The condition above exists for more than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The control module activates the Check Powertrain icon, or the MIL on the second ignition cycle that the diagnostic

runs and fails.

The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic

fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the

second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The

control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

• The ECM turns OFF the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) after four consecutive

ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.

• A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.

• A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission

related diagnostic.

Use Tech 2 to clear the Check Powertrain icon, or MIL and the DTC.

Page 6C1-2–133

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–134

Additional Information

• A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect for the

following possible sources:

− A tyre or wheel that is out of round or out of balance

− Variable thickness brake rotors

− An unbalanced drive shaft

− Certain rough road conditions

− A damaged accessory drive component or belt

• A misfire DTC could be caused by a camshaft actuator stuck in the full advance or retard position.

• For an intermittent condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

Yes

Test Description

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the diagnostic table.

2 This step determines if there is a current condition.

4 If the Misfire Current Counters are incrementing, but the engine is NOT misfiring, this indicates a mechanical

condition. For example, an accessory drive belt could cause this condition.

DTC P0300 - Engine Misfire Detected

Step Action No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

NOTE

The engine may only misfire when the engine is under a

load. An engine load may be necessary to verify the

condition.

1 Start the engine.

2 Use Tech 2 to monitor the Misfire Current Cyl 1 – 6 parameters.

Are any of the Misfire Current Counters incrementing? Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3

1 Clear the DTC.

1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0300 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 4

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

4 Is the engine misfiring? Go to Step 5 Go to Symptoms

Diagnostics

1 Observe the DTC information using Tech 2.

Is DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, P0024, P0201-P0206, P0261, P0262,

P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276,

P0277, P0335, P0336, P0338, P0351-P0356, P2088, P2090, P2092,

P2094, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310,

P2312, P2313, P2315, or P2316 also set?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 6

6 Is there an engine mechanical noise?

Go to Symptoms in

6A1 Engine

Mechanical Go to Step 7

Page 6C1-2–134

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–135

Step Action Yes No

Is there more than one cylinder specific misfire DTC set? Go to Step 8

Go to

6.19 DTC P0301,

P0302, P0303,

P0304, P0305 or

P0306

8 Are there any heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) DTCs set?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 9

1 Inspect or test for the following conditions:

• Inspect the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper

connections.

• Inspect the throttle body and the intake manifold for

vacuum leaks.

• Inspect the crankcase ventilation valve and / or system for

any vacuum leaks.

• Test for the correct fuel pressure. Refer to Section 8A1

Fuel Tank.

• Inspect the fuel system for any restrictions, leaks or fuel

contamination. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel Tank.

• Inspect for fouled or damaged spark plugs. Determine

what caused the spark plugs to foul. Refer to

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – Service Operations.

• Inspect the exhaust system for restrictions. Refer to

Section 8B Exhaust System.

• Inspect the engine control grounds for being clean, tight,

and in the correct location.

• Inspect for a camshaft actuator stuck in the full advance or

retard position.

2 Repair as required.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 10

Go to Symptoms in

6A1 Engine

Mechanical

1 Use Tech 2 to clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC 300.

Did the DTC fail this ignition? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 1 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–135

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–136

6.19 DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305

or P0306

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0301 – Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

• DTC P0302 – Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

• DTC P0303 – Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

• DTC P0304 – Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected

• DTC P0305 – Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected

• DTC P0306 – Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and the camshaft position

(CMP) sensor to determine when an engine misfire is occurring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation speed

for each cylinder, the ECM is able to detect individual misfire events. A misfire rate that is high enough can cause 3-way

catalytic converter damage. The Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will flash ON and OFF

when the conditions for catalytic converter damage are preset. DTCs P0301 – P0306 correspond to cylinders 1 to 6. If

the ECM is able to determine that a specific cylinder is misfiring, the DTC for that cylinder sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, or P0338 are not set.

• The engine speed is between 400 – 7,000 rpm and steady.

• The delivered torque signal is more than 10 percent at idle with the transmission in neutral.

• The delivered torque signal is between 10 – 30 percent with the transmission in drive.

• The intake air temperature (IAT) is more than –30° C.

• The engine run time is more than 45 seconds.

• The fuel level is more than 12 percent.

• The torque management is not active.

• The antilock brake / traction control (ABS / TC) system is not active.

• The fuel cut-off is not active, including the traction control, the deceleration, the high vehicle speed, and the high

engine speed.

DTCs P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, and P0306 run continuously when the above conditions exist for at least

1,000 engine revolutions.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

• The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a single cylinder misfire rate sufficient to cause

emissions levels to exceed mandated standards.

• The condition exists for more than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The control module activates the Check Powertrain icon, or the MIL on the second ignition cycle that the diagnostic

runs and fails.

• The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic

fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the

second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The

control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Page 6C1-2–136

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–137

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

• The ECM turns OFF the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) after four consecutive

ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.

• A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.

• A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission

related diagnostic.

• Use Tech 2 to clear the Check Powertrain icon, or the MIL and the DTC.

Additional Information

• A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Check for the

following possible sources:

− Tyre or wheel out of round or balance

− Variable thickness brake rotor or drum

− Drive shaft not balanced

− Certain rough road conditions

− Damaged accessory drive belt

• For an intermittent condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 Were you sent here from DTC P0300? Go to Step 3 Go to 6.18 DTC

P0300

1 Ignition OFF.

2 Remove the ignition coil of the misfiring cylinder, but leave the

electrical connector connected. Refer to 2.17 Ignition Coil, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

3 Inspect the ignition coil boot for the following conditions:

− Holes.

− Tears.

− Carbon tracking.

− Oil contamination or water intrusion.

Did you find a condition with the ignition coil boot? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 4

1 Remove the fuel pump fuse from the under-hood fuse and relay

centre.

2 Install the J 26792 Spark Tester to the ignition coil boot and a

good ground.

3 Crank the engine while observing J 26792.

Does the spark tester spark and is the spark consistent? Go to Step 5

Go to 5.9 Electronic

Ignition (EI) System

Diagnosis

Page 6C1-2–137

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–138

Step Action Yes No

1 Ignition OFF.

2 Remove the spark plug from the cylinder that indicated a misfire.

3 Inspect the spark plug. Refer to 2.25 Spark Plugs – Inspect, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Does the spark plug appear to be OK? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 6

Is the spark plug oil or coolant fouled?

Go to 2.25 Spark

Plugs – Inspect, in

Section 6C1-3

Engine

Management – V6 –

Service Operations Go to Step 7

7 Is the spark plug gas fouled? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

8 Does the spark plug show any signs of being cracked, worn, or

incorrectly gap? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 9

1 Swap the suspected spark plug with another cylinder that is

operating correctly.

2 Start the engine.

3 Operate the engine within the conditions that the misfire

occurred.

4 Use Tech 2 to monitor the Misfire Current Counters.

Did the misfire move with the spark plug? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

NOTE

• Make sure all the fuel injectors operate. High resistance

in a fuel injector circuit causes the fuel injector to be

inoperative without setting a fuel injector DTC.

• Return to this diagnostic after you complete the Fuel

Injector Coil Test.

1 Perform the fuel injector coil test. Refer to 5.2 Fuel Injector Coil

Test in this Section.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 13 Go to 4 Symptoms

Diagnostics

11 1 Replace the spark plug. Refer to 2.25 Spark Plugs, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 13 —

12 1 Replace the ignition coil. Refer to 2.17 Ignition Coils, in

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 13 —

13 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running DTC P0301

to P0306.

Do any Cylinder Engine Misfire DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 14

14 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–138

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–139

6.20 DTC P0324

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0324 – Knock Sensor Module Performance

Circuit Description

The ECM supplies the ground to the knock sensor (KS) low reference circuit. The KS produces a signal voltage, which is

proportional to the level of the engine vibration or spark knock.

When the ECM detects an excessive spark knock, it retards the ignition timing until the spark knock stops.

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

The KS circuitry within the ECM receives, amplifies, filters and evaluates the KS signal voltage. The ECM performs the

following tests to determine if the ECM internal KS circuitry is functioning correctly.

Test One

The ECM performs the following:

1 Turns off the knock sensor signal circuits.

2 Applies different test signals to the ECM internal KS circuitry.

3 Verifies each test signal output response is within range.

4 If the ECM detects any of the tested signals are not within the normal range, DTC P0324 sets.

Test Two

The ECM performs the following:

1 Turns off the knock sensor signal circuits.

2 Tests for any output response when no test signals are applied.

3 If the ECM detects an output response, DTC P0324 sets.

Test Three

1 Turns off the knock sensor signal circuits.

2 Generates an internal test pulse then monitors the return signal.

3 If the return test pulse is less than a calibrated threshold, DTC P0324 sets.

DTC P0324 sets if the ECM detects an incorrect response to the ECM internal KS circuitry tests.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Condition One

• The ECM is controlling the ignition spark.

• The engine speed is less than 2,300 rpm and steady.

• The volumetric efficiency is steady.

Condition Two

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ECM is controlling the ignition spark.

• The engine speed is 1,000 – 4,000 rpm

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 60° C.

• The volumetric efficiency is steady.

Page 6C1-2–139

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–140

Condition Three

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ECM is controlling the ignition spark.

• The engine speed is less than 2,300 rpm and steady.

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 40° C.

• The volumetric efficiency is steady.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects an incorrect response to an internal ECM KS circuitry test.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P0324 – Knock Sensor (KS) Module Performance is a Type B DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTC.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the knock sensor (KS)

system operation.

• The ECM turns off the KS signal circuits when performing the ECM internal KS circuitry tests. DTC P0324 sets if

there is a fault condition in the internal ECM KS circuitry. Therefore, the KS and the KS signal circuits are not tested

in DTC P0324 Diagnostic Table.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

3 A crankshaft sensor DTC may trigger DTC P0324.

Page 6C1-2–140

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–141

DTC P0324 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0324 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Are DT Cs relating to the CKP Sens or Circuit also set? Refer to

6.22 DTC P0335,

P0336, P0337 or

P0338 Go to Step 4

4 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 5 —

5 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running DTC

P0324.

Does DTC P0324 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 6

System OK

Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–141

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–142

6.21 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0327 – Knock Sensor Circuit Low Frequency (Bank 1)

• DTC P0328 – Knock Sensor Circuit High Frequency (Bank 1)

• DTC P0332 – Knock Sensor Circuit Low Frequency (Bank 2)

• DTC P0333 – Knock Sensor Circuit High Frequency (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The ECM supplies the ground to the knock sensor (KS) low reference circuit. The KS produces a signal voltage, which is

proportional to the level of the engine vibration or spark knock.

When the ECM detects an excessive spark knock, it retards the ignition timing until the spark knock stops.

To differentiate between a normal engine vibration and the vibration created by a spark knock, the ECM samples the KS

signal under different engine speeds and load condition. The ECM uses this samples to determine maximum and

minimum KS signal voltage produced when the engine is running under normal conditions.

A knock sensor circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the KS signal voltage is outside the normal range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0327 and P0332

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0324, P0335, P0342, P0343, P0347, P0348, P0367, P0368, P0392, and P0393 ran and passed.

• The ECM controls the ignition spark.

• Engine speed is greater than 2000 rpm and steady.

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 60ºC.

• The volumetric efficiency is steady.

DTC P0328 or P0333

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ECM controls the ignition spark.

• Engine speed is greater than 2,000 rpm and steady.

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 60°C.

• The volumetric efficiency is steady.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0327 and P0332

The ECM detects the KS signal voltage is less than the minimum KS signal normal range for at least 10 seconds.

DTC P0328 and P0333

The ECM detects the KS signal voltage is greater than the maximum KS signal normal range.

Page 6C1-2–142

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–143

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The knock sensor circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the knock sensor (KS)

system operation.

• Preconditions for running knock sensor circuit DTCs requires that DTC P0324 has ran and passed. Therefore, the

diagnostic table for the knock sensor circuit DTCs is developed with the assumption the ECM internal KS circuitry is

functioning correctly.

• Excessive engine mechanical noise or engine knocking condition may trigger knock sensor circuit DTCs.

• The knock sensor must be tightened correctly. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service

Operations.

• The mounting between the knock sensor and engine must be free of burrs, casting flash and foreign material.

• The knock sensor head must be clear from hoses, brackets and engine wiring.

• If the knock sensor lead is damaged in any way, the sensor must be replaced.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 Identifies engine mechanical fault conditions that may trigger knock sensor circuit DTCs.

4 Identifies KS fault conditions that may trigger knock sensor circuit DTCs.

DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 and P0333 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0327, P0328, P0332 or P0333 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Check the engine for excessive mechanical engine noise or

engine knocking fault condition. Refer to Section 6A1 Engine

Mechanical – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4

Page 6C1-2–143

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–144

Step Action Yes No

4 Inspect the appropriate KS for the following fault condition. Refer to

Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• incorrect KS attaching bolt torque value,

• burrs, casting flash or foreign material between the knock sensor

and engine,

• hoses, brackets or engine wiring touching the KS, and

• damaged KS wiring harness.

• sensor wiring harness for conditions that may induce

electromagnetic interference. Refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault

Conditions in this Section.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

5 T est the appropriate KS signal circuit and low reference circuit for a

high resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage or

shorted together fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams

for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

6 Replace the faulty KS. Refer to 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 7 —

7 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the knock sensor circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 8

8 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–144

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–145

6.22 DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0335 – Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0336 – Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal Range / Performance

• DTC P0337 – Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Low Duty Cycle

• DTC P0338 – Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit High Duty Cycle

Circuit Description

The ECM applies the ground to the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor low reference circuit.

The CKP sensor in conjunction with the 58X reluctor wheel generates an AC signal voltage. The amplitude and frequency

of the signal generated is proportional to the engine speed. The ECM uses this signal from the CKP sensor signal circuit

to determine the engine rpm

In addition, the CKP sensor sends a signal to the ECM when piston No. 1 and piston No. 4 are at the top dead centre

position. The ECM monitors both the CKP signal and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor signal to determine the

compression stroke of piston No. 1.

A CKP sensor DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the CKP sensor signal circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0335

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine is cranking or running.

• The ECM detects greater than 8 CMP sensor pulses.

DTC P0336

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0341, P0342 and P0343 ran and passed.

• The engine is cranking or running.

• The ECM detects a valid CMP signal.

DTC P0337 and P0338

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0341, P0342 and P0343 ran and passed.

• The engine is cranking or running.

• The ECM detects a valid CMP signal.

Page 6C1-2–145

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–146

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0335

The ECM does not detect a signal from the CKP sensor for 5 seconds.

DTC P0336

The ECM loses the crankshaft reference position and has to re-synchronise the crankshaft to camshaft one or more

times during six consecutive crankshaft revolutions.

DTC P0337

The ECM detects less than 58 reference signal pulses from the CKP sensor in the last eight consecutive crankshaft

revolutions.

DTC P0338

The ECM detects more than 58 reference signal pulses from the CKP sensor in the last eight consecutive crankshaft

revolutions.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The CKP sensor circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the CKP sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• If the ECM has stored and learned the camshafts reference position, the ECM will utilise the camshaft position

(CMP) sensor signal in place of the CKP signal when there is fault condition in the CKP circuit. This will enable the

engine to operate in a limp mode when there is a CKP circuit fault condition.

• During a limp mode, the following DTCs may set and should be ignored.

• DTC P0324 – Knock Sensor Module Performance

• DTC P01011 – Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Park Position Bank 1

• The following fault condition may trigger DTC P0338:

• Fault condition in the CMP sensor circuits.

• Misaligned CKP sensor reluctor wheel or incorrect reluctor wheel installation.

• Excessive crankshaft end play that alters the alignment of the reluctor wheel.

• Obstruction between the CKP sensor and the reluctor wheel.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 The ECM supplies 2.5 V to signal circuit of the CKP sensor circuit to reduce the electro-magnetic interference

(EMI). If the voltage is not within range, this indicates there is an ECM or an ECM circuit fault condition.

4 The ECM supplies 2.5 V to low reference circuit of the CKP sensor circuit to reduce the electro-magnetic

interference (EMI). If the voltage is not within range, this indicates there is an ECM or an ECM circuit fault condition.

Page 6C1-2–146

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–147

DTC P0335 to P0338 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Increase the engine speed to 1000 rpm for 30 seconds.

4 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0335, P0336, P0337 or P0338 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

signal circuit of the sensor connector and a good ground.

Does the multimeter display 2 – 3 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the CKP

sensor low reference circuit and a good ground.

Does the multimeter display 2 – 3 V? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

5 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

ground shield circuit of the CKP sensor at the ECM connector and the

ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7

6 Perform the following CKP sensor inspection:

• Inspect the sensor wiring harness for conditions that may induce

electromagnetic interference. Refer to

4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Inspect the sensor for incorrect sensor installation or incorrect

attaching bolt torque value. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 9

7 T est the CKP sensor signal circuit and low reference circuit for a high

resistance, open circuit, short to ground, short to voltage or shorted

together fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

8 Repair the open or high resistance fault condition in the CKP sensor

ground shield circuit. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

9 Replace CKP sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

10 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

Page 6C1-2–147

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–148

Step Action Yes No

11 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the CKP sensor circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 12

12 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–148

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–149

6.23 DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347,

P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391,

P0392 or P0393

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0341 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance (Bank 1)

• DTC P0342 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P0343 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P0346 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance (Bank 2)

• DTC P0347 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P0348 – Intake Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P0366 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance (Bank 1)

• DTC P0367 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P0368 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 1)

• DTC P0391 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Range / Performance (Bank 2)

• DTC P0392 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Low Voltage (Bank 2)

• DTC P0393 – Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor High Voltage (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The ECM applies 5 V to the camshaft position (CMP) sensors through the 5 V reference and ground through the low

reference circuit.

The CMP sensor is a Hall effect switch. In conjunction with a 4X reluctor wheel, the CMP sensors provide a signal

voltage to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal voltage to determine the position of the camshafts.

The ECM compares the CMP signal voltage to the number of crankshaft revolutions. A CMP sensor DTC sets if the ECM

detects a fault condition in the CMP sensor circuits.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0342 or P0347

The ECM detects no pulses from the CMP sensor signal circuit and the CMP sensor signal voltage is low in correlation

with the number of crankshaft revolutions.

DTC P0367 or P0392

The ECM detects no pulses from the CMP sensor signal circuit and the CMP sensor signal voltage is low in correlation

with the number of crankshaft revolutions.

DTC P0341, P0346, P0366 or P0391

The ECM detects a signal from the CMP sensor signal circuit and the sensor signal range is not within the predetermined

parameter or the when the CMP sensor does not correlate with the crankshaft position.

DTC P0343 or P0348

The ECM detects no pulses from the CMP sensor signal circuit and the CMP sensor signal voltage is always high.

DTC P0368 or P0393

The ECM detects no pulses from the CMP sensor signal circuit and the CMP sensor signal voltage is always high.

Page 6C1-2–149

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–150

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The CMP sensor circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the CMP sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 Tests the signal circuit of the CMP sensor. This circuit is pulled-up to about 5 V.

4 Measures the integrity of the CMP sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the ECM Fuse 29 enables the ECM to

power down completely prior to the test procedure.

DTC P0341 to P0343, P0346 to P0348, P0366 to P0368, P0391 to P0393 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Increase the engine speed to 1000 rpm for 30 seconds.

4 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367,

P0368, P0391, P0392 or P0393 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the appropriate CMP sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

signal circuit of the appropriate CMP sensor and the ECM

housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

CMP sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 8

Page 6C1-2–150

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–151

Step Action Yes No

5 T est the signal circuit of the CMP sensor for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 6

6 Perform the following CMP sensor inspection:

• Inspect the sensor wiring harness for conditions that may induce

electromagnetic interference. Refer to

4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Inspect the sensor for incorrect sensor installation or incorrect

attaching bolt torque value. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

• Inspect the CMP sensor reluctor wheel for damage or conditions

that causes misalignment.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 9

7 T est the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to voltage or short to ground fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

NOTE

Each CMP sensor shares a common 5 V reference circuit.

A fault condition in the 5 V reference circuit may trigger

DTCs on all CMP sensors. Refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams

and Connector Charts in this Section to assist diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

8 T est the CMP sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance or an

open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

NOTE

The CMP sensor shares the low reference circuit with

other sensors. A fault condition in the low reference circuit

may trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit. Refer

to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section

to aid diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

9 Replace the appropriate CMP sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3

Engine Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

10 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

11 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the CMP Sensor Circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 12

12 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–151

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–152

6.24 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355,

P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304,

P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310, P2312,

P2313, P2315 or P2316

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0351 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0352 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0353 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0354 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0355 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0356 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P2300 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2301 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P2303 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2304 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P2306 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2307 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P2309 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2310 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 4 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P2312 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2313 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 5 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P2315 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2316 – Ignition Coil Cylinder 6 Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies positive voltage to the ignition voltage circuit of the ignition coil and the ignition coil dual

line ground circuits are directly connected to ground.

The ECM applies control voltage to the control circuit of the ignition coil during the calculated dwell period that allows

current flow to the ignition coil primary winding to generate a magnetic flux field. At the appropriate firing point, the ECM

interrupts the control voltage applied to the ignition coil.

Interruption of voltage applied to the control circuit of the ignition coil primary winding induces the transfer of electrical

energy from the ignition coil primary winding to the ignition coil secondary winding, which triggers the ignition coil to

produce a spark at the spark plug.

An ignition coil control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the control circuit of an ignition coil.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine is running.

• The engine speed is 480 – 5,000 rpm

• The battery voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Page 6C1-2–152

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–153

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355 or P0356

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in the ignition coil control circuit.

DTC P2300, P2303, P2306, P2309, P2312 or P2315

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the ignition coil control circuit.

DTC P2301, P2304, P2307, P2310, P2313 and P2316

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the ignition coil control circuit.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ignition coil control circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ignition coil operation.

• A short to voltage fault condition damages the ignition coil. Do not replace the ignition until this fault condition is

rectified.

• The ignition coils for each bank of the engine are fused separately. If all DTCs for a single bank are set, there may

be a fault in one of the ignition supply circuits.

• The ignition coils for each bank of the engine have a separate ground connections. If all DTCs for a single bank are

set, there may be a fault in one of the ground circuits.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 Determines if there is a fault condition in the ignition voltage supply circuit.

5 Determines if there is a fault condition in the ground circuits of the ignition coil.

6 Tests if the ECM is commanding the ignition coil on and off.

DTC P0351 to P0356, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310, P2312,

P2313, P2315 or P2316 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, P0356, P2300,

P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2037, P2309, P2310, P2312, P2313,

P2315 or P2316 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Page 6C1-2–153

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–154

Step Action Yes No

3 1 Disconnect the wiring connector of the appropriate ignition coil.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Connect a test lamp between the ignition voltage circuit of the

appropriate ignition coil connector and the ECM housing.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6

4 Connect a test lamp between a 12 V and each of the ground circuits of

the ignition coil connector.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

5 1 Start the engine.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the frequency at the control

circuit of the ignition coil.

Does the multimeter display 3 – 20 Hz? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

6 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition at the ignition

voltage circuit of the ignition coil. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

7 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition at the ignition

coil ground circuits. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

8 T est the appropriate ignition coil cont rol circuit for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

A short to voltage fault condition damages the ignition

coil. Do not replace the ignition until this fault

condition is rectified.

Replace the faulty ignition coil. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

10 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

11 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the ignition coil control circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 12

12 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–154

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–155

6.25 DTC P0420 or P0430

•

If the ECM detects the average OSC is less than a threshold, this DTC sets. This indicates that the TW C oxygen storage

capacity is below a threshold considered acceptable.

• The engine intake air temperature (IAT) at engine start-up is more than –30° C.

•

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0420 Catalyst System Low Efficiency Bank 1

DTC P0430 Catalyst System Low Efficiency Bank 2

Circuit Description

To maintain a reasonably low emission level of hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx)

a 3-way catalytic converter (TWC) is used. The catalyst within the converter promotes a chemical reaction that oxidizes

the HC and CO present in the exhaust gas. This reaction converts the gases into harmless water vapour and carbon

dioxide. The catalyst also reduces the NOx, converting the NOx into nitrogen. The engine control module (ECM) monitors

this process using the post catalyst heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal. The post-catalyst HO2S located in the exhaust

stream after the TWC, produces an output signal that indicates the oxygen storage capacity of the catalyst. The oxygen

storage capacity (OSC) determines the ability of the catalyst to convert the exhaust emissions effectively. If the catalyst is

functioning correctly, the post-catalyst HO2S signal will be far less active than the signal produced by the pre-catalyst

HO2S.

To determine OSC, the ECM commands a rich air / fuel mixture until all oxygen is removed from the catalyst. The ECM

then commands a lean air / fuel mixture and monitors the rear heated oxygen sensors to calculate the oxygen storage

capacity. The catalyst is operated in this mode until one of the following conditions occur:

• The oxygen stored in the catalyst exceeds a calibrated threshold, which is determined from the rear HO2S signal.

• The rear HO2S indicates the catalyst to be completely saturated with oxygen, which is determined from the rear

HO2S signal.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• Before the ECM can report, the following DTCs must run and pass:

DTC P0420 or P0430 failed, DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0053,

P0056, P0057, P0058, P0059, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133,

P0135, P0137, P0138, P0139, P0140, P0141, P0150, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0155, P0157, P0158, P0159,

P0160, P0161, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0338, P167A, P167B, P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099,

P2195, P2196, P2197, P2198, P2232, P2235, P2237, P2240, P2243, P2247, P2251, P2254, P2270, P2271,

P2272, P2273, P2297, P2298, P2626, and P2629.

• The following DTCs are not set:

DTCs P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038,

P0050, P0051, P0052, P0053, P0056, P0057, P0058, P0059, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118,

P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0139, P0140,

P0141, P0150, P0151, P0152, P0153, P0155, P0157, P0158, P0159, P0160, P0161, P0221, P0222, P0223,

P0300, P0301-P0306, P0443, P0458, P0459, P0496, P167A, P167B, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092,

P2093, P2094, P2095, P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099, P2100, P2101, P2107, P2119, P2122, P2123, P2127,

P2128, P2138, P2176, P2177, P2178, P2179, P2180, P2187, P2188, P2189, P2190, P2195, P2196, P2197,

P2198, P2232, P2235, P2237, P2240, P2243, P2247, P2251, P2254, P2270, P2271, P2272, P2273, P2297,

P2298, P2626, and P2629.

• The engine speed is 1,040 – 3,000 rpm.

• The air flow into the engine is between 7.0 – 16.0 g/s and not changing more than 3.0 g/s

• The engine is operating for more than 7 minutes.

• The engine is operating in closed loop.

• The calculated TWC temperature is between 500 – 750° C and steady.

• The above conditions exist for approximately 17 minutes.

DTCs P0420 and P0430 run once a drive cycle. The ECM will attempt to run this diagnostic up to three times a

drive cycle.

Page 6C1-2–155

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–156

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM determines that the catalyst efficiency has degraded below a calibrated threshold for more than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The control module activates the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the second

consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.

• The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic

fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the

second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The

control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

P0420 or P0430 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? Go to Step 2

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

2 Go to Step 3

Are any other DTCs set?

1 Inspect for the following conditions:

• The catalytic converter is an original equipment part.

• Inspect the exhaust system for leaks, damage, loose or

missing hardware in the area from the converter to the

heated oxygen sensor 2.

• The HO2S 2 is secure and the wiring is not damaged or

contacting the exhaust.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4

—

NOTE

Before replacing the 3-way catalytic converter (TWC),

correct any conditions that may have damaged the

converter.

1 Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to the appropriate

procedure in 8B Exhaust System.

Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 5

5 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTC/s.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the EVAP purge solenoid valve control circuit DTCs fail

this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 6

6 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–156

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–157

6.26 DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0443 – Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0458 – Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0459 – Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Solenoid Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The Engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the evaporative emission (EVAP) purge solenoid.

Using a device called a driver, the ECM applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the EVAP solenoid control

circuit to purge the fuel vapour from the EVAP canister into the intake manifold.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to

determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

An EVAP purge solenoid valve control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the voltage on the EVAP solenoid control

circuit outside the predetermined range when the solenoid is commanded off.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0443 and P0458

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The ECM has commanded the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve on and off at least once during the ignition cycle.

DTC P0459

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The fuel system is in closed loop.

• The engine speed is above idle.

• The engine is at operating temperature.

• The ECM has commanded the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve on and off with a duty cycle of greater than 2.5%.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0443

The ECM detects the voltage on the EVAP solenoid control circuit is not within the predetermined range when the

solenoid is commanded off.

DTC P0458

The ECM detects the voltage on the EVAP solenoid control circuit is less than 2.6 V when the solenoid is commanded

off.

DTC P0459

The ECM detects the voltage on the EVAP solenoid control circuit is greater than 4.6 V when the solenoid is commanded

on.

Page 6C1-2–157

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–158

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the EVAP Purge Solenoid

Valve operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 Tests the feedback voltage from the ECM.

DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed? Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Go to Step 2

1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature or

operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Go to Step 3

Does DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459 fail this ignition cycle?

1 Disconnect the EVAP solenoid valve wiring connector.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Connect a test lamp between the EVAP solenoid valve ignition

voltage circuit and the ECM housing.

Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

Does the test lamp illuminate?

1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

EVAP solenoid valve control circuit and the ECM housing.

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

Does the multimeter display 2.6 – 4.6 V?

Repair the high resistance, open circuit or short to ground fault

condition at the EVAP solenoid valve ignition voltage circuit. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair

procedures

Go to Step 9 —

Was the repair completed?

6 T est the control circuit of the EVAP solenoid valve for a high

resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault

condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

Page 6C1-2–158

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–159

Step Action Yes No

7 Replace the EVAP solenoid valve. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the EVAP purge solenoid valve control circuit DTCs fail

this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–159

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–160

6.27 DTC P0460, P0461, P0462 or P0463

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0460 – Fuel Level Sensor Range / Performance

• DTC P0461 – Fuel Level Sensor Range / Performance

• DTC P0462 – Fuel Level Sensor Low Voltage

• DTC P0463 – Fuel Level Sensor High Voltage

Circuit Description

The fuel level sensor changes resistance based on the fuel level in the fuel tank. The engine control module (ECM)

monitors changes in the resistance of the sensor to determine the fuel level. This information is then sent to the

instrument cluster via the GM LAN serial data circuit.

When the fuel tank is full, the sensor resistance is high and the ECM senses high signal voltage. When the fuel tank is

empty, the sensor resistance is low and the ECM senses a low signal voltage.

When the ECM senses a signal voltage outside the normal operating range of the sensor, a fuel level sensor DTC will

set.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is on.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0461

The ECM detects that greater than 170 km have been accumulated and the fuel level in the fuel tank has not changed by

at least 3.0 litres.

DTC P0462

The ECM detects the fuel level signal voltage is less than 0.5 V for 20 seconds.

DTC P0463

The ECM detects the fuel level signal voltage is greater than 4.5 V for 20 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The fuel level sensor circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 12C Instrumentation for further information on the fuel gauge system.

• Depending on the current fuel level, it may be difficult to locate a malfunctioning sending unit. The malfunction may

only occur when the fuel level is full or near empty. The fuel sender unit may need to be removed for further

diagnosis. A fuel level sensor that has an intermittent condition may cause a DTC to set. Remove the fuel level

sensor to test the resistance of the sensor, refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System for this procedure. Replace the sensor

if the resistance is not within the specified range.

• The following may occur with a fuel level sensor DTC set:

• The vehicle fuel gauge displays empty.

• The Instrument Multi-function Display (MFD) displays a fuel condition message.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–160

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–161

DTC P0461, P0462 or P0463 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC or

road test the vehicle under various driving condition.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0461, P0462, P0463 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the fuel level sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the fuel

level signal circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter indicate 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse F29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

fuel level sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse F29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter indicate less than 5 Ω? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Test the fuel level sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

6 Test the fuel level sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the fuel level sensor. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel Systems.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 –

Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

8 –

Go to Step 9

Was the repair completed?

1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

Do any fuel level sensor DTCs fail this ignition cycle?

Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function. Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs? System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–161

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–162

6.28 DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693

or P0694

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0480 – Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0481 – Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0691 – Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0692 – Cooling Fan Relay 1 Circuit High Voltage

• DTC P0693 – Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0694 – Cooling Fan Relay 2 and 3 Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the ignition circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 1 and

relay 2. Using a device called a driver, the ECM performs the following tasks:

• grounds the engine cooling fan relay 1 control signal circuit to operate the small engine cooling fan, or

• grounds the engine cooling fan relay 2 control signal circuit to operate both the small engine cooling fan and the

large engine cooling fan.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to

determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

A cooling fan relay control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the engine cooling fan relay control

circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• the ignition voltage is 10 – 16 V,

• the engine speed is greater than 40 rpm, and

• the ECM driver transitions from on to off or from off to on.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0480

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 1.

DTC P0481

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 2.

DTC P0691

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 1.

DTC P0692

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 1.

DTC P0693

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 2.

DTC P0694

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the control circuit of the engine cooling fan relay 2.

Page 6C1-2–162

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–163

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The cooling fan relay control circuit DTCs are Type B DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6B1 – Engine Cooling – V6 for details of the engine cooling fan operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0480, P0481, P0691 to P0694 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Start the engine.

3 Allow the engine to reach the normal operating temperature.

4 Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm for 10 seconds or

operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting the DTC.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 or P0694 fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Remove the appropriate engine cooling fan relay. Refer to

Section 12O Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Connect a test lamp between the ignition voltage circuit of the

engine cooling fan relay and the ECM housing.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of the

appropriate engine cooling fan relay and a 12 V.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using Tech 2, command the appropriate engine cooling fan relay

on and then off.

Does the test lamp turn on and off when the engine cooling fan relay is

commanded on and off? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the ignition

voltage circuit of the engine cooling fan relay. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

Page 6C1-2–163

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–164

Step Action Yes No

6 T est the engine cooling fan relay control circuit for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

Replace the faulty engine cooling fan relay. Refer to Section 12O

Fuses, Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

Go to Step 9 —

Was the repair completed?

Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Go to Step 9 —

Was the repair completed?

1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the cooling fan relay control circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function. Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs? System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–164

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–165

6.29 DTC P0500

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0500 – Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Manual T r ansmission).

Circuit Description

Vehicle speed information is provided to the engine control module (ECM) by the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The

ignition control relay applies ignition positive voltage to the VSS, and the ground circuit of the VSS is directly connected

to ground.

The VSS is a Hall effect switch. In conjunction with an 18 tooth reluctor wheel, the VSS provide a signal voltage to the

ECM. The ECM uses this signal voltage to determine vehicle speed.

If the ECM detects no vehicle speed, while other sensors indicate that the vehicle is moving, then DTC P0500 sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Runs once the following conditions are met:

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 40º C,

• the ECM is in fuel shut-off mode, and

• the engine speed is between 1,520 and 3,520 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects a speed of less than 0 km/h for 8 seconds continuously, or 50 seconds cumulative.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The vehicle speed sensor circuit malfunction DTC is a Type C DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details on:

• VSS operation, and

• fuel shut-off mode.

• Refer to Section 7B1 Manual Transmission for VSS replacement procedures.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–165

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–166

DTC P0500 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the diagnostic system check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0500 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the wiring connector from the VSS.

3 Connect a test lamp between the ignition circuit of the VSS and

ground.

4 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4

4 Repair the high resistance or open circ uit fault condition in the ignition

circuit of the VSS. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 12 —

5 1 Connect a test lamp between the ground circuit and ignition

circuit of the VSS.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

6 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the ground

circuit of the VSS. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 12 —

To avoid damage to the drive axles, support the lower

control arms in the normal horizontal position. Do not

run the vehicle in gear with the wheels hanging down

1 nds.

Information for the location of

2 und circuit of the

3 tion circuit of the

4 gital

l circuit and ground.

e multimeter.

Does the multimeter indicate greater than 0.15 V AC? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8

at full travel.

Raise the vehicle and support the drive axles with safety sta

Refer to Section 0A General

jacking and support points.

Connect a fused jumper wire between the gro

connector and the ground circuit of the VSS.

Connect a fused jumper wire between the igni

connector and the ignition circuit of the VSS.

Using connector test adaptor kit J 35616-A, connect a di

multimeter between the VSS signa

5 Place the transmission in neutral.

6 Rotate the rear wheels by hand while observing th

Page 6C1-2–166

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–167

Step Action Yes No

8 Perform the following VSS inspection:

• Inspect the VSS wiring harness for conditions that may induce

electromagnetic interference. Refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault

Conditions in this Section.

• Inspect the VSS for incorrect installation or incorrect attaching

bolt torque value. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

• Inspect the VSS sensor reluctor wheel for damage or conditions

that causes misalignment.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 9

9 Replace the VSS. Refer to Section 7B1 Manual Transmission – V6.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 12 —

10 Test the VSS signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit, short to

ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11

Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Go to Step 12 —

Was the repair completed?

1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Go to Step 2 Go to Step 13

Does DTC P0500 fail this ignition cycle?

Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function. Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Are there any DTCs displayed? System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–167

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–168

6.30 DTC P0504 or P0571

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports:

• DTC P0504 – Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction.

• DTC P0571 – Cruise Control Brake Switch Circuit

Circuit Description

There are two stop lamp switch assemblies which comprise two individual switches within each assembly. The ECM uses

inputs from stop lamp switches ‘A’, ‘C’ and ‘D’.

Stop lamp switch ‘A’ is the stop lamp switch, stop lamp switch ‘B’ is the BTSI relay power supply (where fitted), ‘C’ is the

cruise control cancel switch, and stop lamp switch ‘D’ is the extended brake travel switch. DTC P0504 will not set if there

is a fault with switch ‘D’.

Switch ‘A’ is a normally open switch that closes when the brake pedal is depressed. When the brake pedal is depressed,

the stop lamp switch supplies signal voltage to the stop lamp signal circuit.

Switches ‘C’ and ‘D’ are normally closed switches that open when the brake pedal is depressed. For further information

on the brake switch assemblies, refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information.

The ECM monitors brake pedal ‘A’ and ‘C’ stop lamp switch signals, and if the signals do not correlate, DTC P0504 will

set. If the ECM determines that a fault exists in the cruise cancel switch circuit, DTC 571 will set.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is switched on.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects one of the following conditions:

• Only one switch signal is present when the vehicle accelerates or decelerates rapidly ten times.

NOTE

The ECM will count over several drive cycles.

• A signal is seen from stop lamp switches ‘A’ and / or ‘C’ when the vehicle accelerates rapidly.

• The ECM does not detect a signal from the switches during braking.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The brake switch circuit DTC is a Type B DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when Type B DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the brake switch operation.

• Refer to Section 12E Cruise Control for brake pedal switch operation and testing.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–168

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–169

Test Description

The following number refers to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 A fault condition in stop lamp switches ‘A’ and / or ‘C’ may trigger these DTCs.

DTC P0504 or P0571 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Has the diagnostic system check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0504 or DTC P0571 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

2 On Tech 2 select: Engine / V6 Engine / Data Display /

Cruise / Traction Data.

3 Observe the status of the brake lamp switch, initial brake apply

signal and the extended travel brake pedal switch.

4 Fully depress the brake pedal.

NOTE

Full brake pedal travel must be achieved to test the

activation of the extended brake travel switch assembly.

Does Tech 2 display change from Inactive to Active in all switches

when the pedal is pressed?

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC Go to Step 4

4 Did the brake lamp switch Tech 2 status fail to change? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 9

5 1 Disconnect the wiring connector from stop lamp switch ‘A’. Refer

to Section 12E Cruise Control.

2 Ignition ON.

3 Connect a test lamp between the voltage circuit of stop lamp

switch ‘A’ and a good ground.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

6 1 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the

voltage circuit of stop lamp switch ‘A’. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair

procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

7 1 Test stop lamp switch ‘A’. Refer to Section 12E Cruise Control.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 8

8 1 Test the control circuit of the stop lamp switch ‘A’ for a high

resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault

condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information

on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13

Page 6C1-2–169

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–170

Step Action Yes No

1 Disconnect the wiring connectors from stop lamp switches ‘C’

and ‘D’. Refer to Section 12E Cruise Control.

2 Ignition ON.

3 Connect a test lamp between the voltage circuit of stop lamp

switches ‘C’ and ‘D’ and a good ground.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 11

Go to Step 10

10 1 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the

voltage circuit of stop lamp switch ‘C’ and ‘D’. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring

repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

11 1 Test stop lamp switches ‘C’ and ‘D’. Refer to

Section 12E Cruise Control.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 12

12 1 Test the control circuits of stop lamp switches ‘C’ and ‘D’ for a

high resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage

fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13

13 1 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 14 —

14 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does DTC P0504 or P571 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 2

15 1 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Are there any DTCs displayed?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–170

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–171

6.31 DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551, P2100,

P2101, P2119 or P2176

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0506 – Idle Speed Control rpm Too Low

• DTC P0507 – Idle Speed Control rpm Too High

• DTC P0638 – Commanded Versus Actual Throttle Position Correlation

• DTC P1551 – Throttle Control Lower Position Not Reached During Learning Mode

• DTC P2100 – Throttle Control Motor Malfunction

• DTC P2101 – Throttle Control Position Range / Performance

• DTC P2119 – Closed Throttle Position Range / Performance

• DTC P2176 – Throttle Control Lower Position not Learned

Circuit Description

The ECM monitors and evaluates the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors signal voltage along with other sensor

inputs to determine the desired throttle opening. To control the throttle plate movement, the ECM applies a pulse width

modulated (PWM) signal voltage to the throttle actuator motor through the throttle actuator motor control circuits.

• At engine idle speed or when no current is flowing into the throttle actuator motor, a constant force return spring

holds the throttle plate at a constant seven percent throttle opening position.

• To control the throttle opening, the ECM applies PWM voltage to the throttle actuator motor. The ECM increases

this PWM voltage duty cycle to increase the throttle opening.

• To decrease the throttle opening from the seven percent rest position, the ECM reverses the polarity of the throttle

actuator motor control circuit then applies a PWM voltage to the throttle actuator motor.

In addition, the ECM monitors the signal voltage applied to the throttle actuator motor control circuit. A TAC motor control

circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the TAC circuits or motor performance.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0506 and P0507

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0443, P0446, P0455, P0458

and P0459 are not set.

• The ignition is switched on.

• The vehicle speed is 0 km/h.

• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 60°C.

• The intake air temperature is greater than -10.5°C.

• The volumetric efficiency is less than 35 percent.

• The EVAP purge solenoid is off.

DTC P0638

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is switched on.

• The ignition voltage is greater than 7 V.

Page 6C1-2–171

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–172

DTC P2100

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• DTC P2101 ran and passed.

• The ignition is switched on.

DTC P2101

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The battery voltage is greater than 7 V.

• The ignition is switched on.

DTC P1551, P2119 and P2176

Runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is switched on.

• The vehicle speed is 0 km/h.

• The engine speed is less than 40 rpm

• The engine coolant temperature is 5 – 60°C.

• The intake air temperature is 5 – 60°C.

• The ignition voltage is greater than 10 V.

• The APP is less than 15 percent.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0506

The actual engine speed is less than the desired idle speed by at least 100 rpm for 10 seconds.

DTC P0507

The actual engine speed is greater than the desired idle speed by at least 200 rpm for 10 seconds or the ECM detects

three fuel cut-offs due to an engine over speed condition while the engine is idling.

DTC P0638

The ECM detects the commanded duty cycle is greater than 80 percent for longer than 0.6 second.

DTC P1551

The ECM detects the TP sensor angle is outside the predetermined range of 1.8 – 13.0 percent when the TAC motor is

deactivated.

DTC 2100

The ECM detects that its internal TAC motor output driver does not deactivate when commanded off.

DTC P2101

The ECM detects the difference between the commanded and the actual throttle opening is greater than 10 percent.

DTC P2119

The ECM determines the throttle plate didn't return to the rest position within 720 milliseconds.

DTC P2176

One of the following conditions exist:

• The TP sensor 1 voltage is outside the range of 0.2 – 0.9 V during the throttle learn procedure.

• The TP sensor 2 voltage is outside the range of 4.2 – 4.8 V during the throttle learn procedure.

• The throttle learn procedure is not learned after an ECM replacement.

Page 6C1-2–172

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–173

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The TAC motor control circuit DTCs are Type A DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when a Type A DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type A DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the Throttle Actuator Control

System operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

4 A constant force return spring holds the throttle plate at a constant seven percent throttle opening position and

should move in either direction under spring pressure and without binding.

8 When the ignition is switched on, the ECM operates the throttle actuator motor to verify the integrity of the TAC

system prior to start up. This can be seen by the momentary flash of the test lamp as the ignition is switched on.

P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551, P2100, P2101, P2119 or P2176 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed? Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Go to Step 2

1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Start the engine.

4 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal to wide-open throttle then

release pedal. Repeat this procedure several times.

5 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function. Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Does DTC P0506, P0507, P0638, P1551, P2100, P2101, P2119 or

P2176 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Is DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222 or P0223 also set? Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Go to Step 4

Page 6C1-2–173

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–174

Step Action Yes No

1 Disconnect the throttle actuator wiring connector.

Accidental operation of the TAC motor while

performing throttle plate inspection may cause severe

personal injury. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations for additional

precautions on throttle body service procedure.

2 Inspect the throttle plate for the following:

• excessive dirt build-up in the throttle body,

• not in rest position,

• binding open or binding close,

• binding when moving from open to close or close to open

position, and

• free to move open or close without spring pressure.

Go to Step 13 Go to Step 5

Was any fault found and rectified?

Inspect the engine for fault conditions that causes incorrect idle speed.

Refer to 4.12 Rough, Unstable, Incorrect Idle or Stalling in this

Section.

Go to Step 13 Go to Step 6

Was any fault found and rectified?

1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

TAC positive circuit and the ECM housing.

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 9

Does the multimeter display 2 – 4 V?

1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

TAC negative control circuit and the ECM housing.

Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9

Does the multimeter display 2 – 4 V?

1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Connect Tool No. J34730-405 injector test lamp between the

positive and negative control circuit of the TAC.

3 Switch on the ignition for about 5 seconds then switch off while

observing the test lamp.

Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

Does the test lamp illuminate briefly each time the ignition cycles?

Test the TAC control circuit that measured outside the specified value

for a high resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage

fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information

on electrical fault diagnosis.

Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

Was any fault found and rectified?

Test the positive and negative control circuits of the TAC for a shorted

together fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12

11 Replace the throttle body assembly. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 13 —

Page 6C1-2–174

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–175

Step Action Yes No

12 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 13 —

13 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the TAC motor control circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 14

14 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–175

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–176

6.32 DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632, P1677,

P1678 or P1679

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0513 – Wrong Transponder Key

• DTC P0633 – Immobiliser Function Not Programmed

• DTC P1629 – Immobiliser Fuel Enable Signal Not Received

• DTC P1632 – Immobiliser Fuel Disable Signal Received

• DTC P1677 – Immobiliser Function Not Enabled

• DTC P1678 – Engine Control Module Identification Failed

• DTC P1679 – Immobiliser Environment Identification Failed

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM), the powertrain interface module (PIM) and the body control module (BCM) are integral

parts of the vehicle theft deterrent system. The theft deterrent system authenticates the security code programmed into

each of these modules to prevent unauthorised vehicle operation. This authentication process includes the following

steps:

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

1 At predetermined situations, the BCM sends a security code to the PIM.

2 When the ignition is switched ON, the PIM receives and compares this security code from the BCM against the

security code programmed into the PIM.

3 Once the PIM receives the correct security code from the BCM, it sends a security code to the ECM.

4 The ECM receives and compares this security code from the PIM against the security code programmed into the

ECM.

5 The authentication process is complete once the ECM receives the correct security code from the PIM within the

specified time frame.

6 The ECM allows normal vehicle operation.

NOTE

If any of these authentication processes fail, the

vehicle will not start and DTCs will set. For further

information on the theft deterrent system, refer to

Section 12J Body Control Module.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Conditions for running the DTC are:

• The ignition is switched on.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

P0513

The ECM receives an incorrect response from the PIM during the theft deterrent security authentication process.

P0633

An attempt is made to start the engine before the immobiliser function has been programmed into a new PIM.

Page 6C1-2–176

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–177

P1629

The ECM has not received a fuel enable password from the body control module (BCM).

P1632

The ECM receives an incorrect response from the PIM during the theft deterrent security authentication process.

P1677

An attempt is made to start the vehicle after the ECM was reset.

P1678

The ECM does not receive a valid response from the PIM when an attempt is made to start the engine.

P1679

The ECM receives a message from the PIM stating that it can't authenticate to the BCM.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for

clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management –V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Refer to Section 12J Body Control Module for the following information:

• BCM link to PIM, and

• Theft Deterrent System.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0513, P0633, P1629, P1632, P0633, P1677, P1678, P1679 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed? Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Go to Step 2

1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function. Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

Does DTC P0513, P1629, P1632, P0633, P1677, P1678 or P1679 fail

this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Using Tech 2, perform the BCM Link to ECM / PIM procedure. Refer

to Section 6E1 Powertrain Interface Module – V6.

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4

Has the linking procedure been performed correctly?

Test the BCM system. Refer to Section 12J Body Control Module.

Go to Step 7

Has any fault been found and rectified? Go to Step 5

Page 6C1-2–177

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–178

Step Action Yes No

1 Test all ground circuits of the PIM for a high resistance or an

open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

2 Test the PIM ignition supply voltage circuit for a high resistance,

open circuit or short to ground fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

Has any fault been found and rectified?

Replace the PIM. Refer to Section 6E1 Powertrain Interface Module –

V6.

Go to Step 7 —

Has the repair been completed?

1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Do any of the immobiliser DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 8

8 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–178

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–179

6.33 DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0521 – Oil Pressure Sensor Range / Performance

• DTC P0522 – Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage Low

• DTC P0523 – Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage High

The ECM detects engine oil pressure is:

• greater than 800 kPa at idle, or

• engine rpm is greater than 2000 rpm and oil pressure is less than 8 kPa.

P0522

Circuit Description

The ECM applies a positive 5 V reference voltage to the engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor through the 5 V reference

circuit and the ground through the low reference circuit.

The EOP sensor provides signal voltage to the ECM that is proportional to the oil pressure generated by the engine oil

pump. The ECM monitors the EOP sensor signal voltage. If the ECM detects a low oil pressure condition, it sends a

serial data communication signal to the instrument cluster to illuminate the check oil warning icon.

The ECM monitors and compares the EOP sensor signal voltage against a specified range. An EOP sensor circuit DTC

sets if the ECM detects the EOP sensor signal voltage is outside the specified range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0521, P0522 and P0523 run continuously when the engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

P0521

The oil pressure sensor signal voltage is less than 0.2 V for more than 10 seconds.

P0523

The oil pressure sensor signal voltage is more than 4.9 V for more than 10 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The EOP sensor circuit DTCs are Type B DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when a Type B DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type B DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the EOP sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–179

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–180

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

4 Test signal circuit of the EOP sensor. This circuit should display a voltage within the specified range.

5 Measures the integrity of the EOP sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the ECM Fuse 29 enables the ECM to

power down completely prior to the test procedure.

P0521 to P0523 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0521, P0522 or P0523 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the EOP sensor wiring connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the

EOP sensor 5 V reference circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6

4 1 Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the EOP sensor 5 V

reference circuit and the EOP sensor signal circuit.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using Tech 2, observe the EOP sensor parameter.

Does Tech 2 display 780 – 980 kPa? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

5 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM / TCM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

EOP sensor low reference circuit and the ECM housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing this test.

Does the multimeter display 5 Ω? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

6 T est the EOP sensor 5 V reference circuit for an open, short to ground

or high resistance fault condition. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

7 T est EOP sensor signal circuit for short to ground fault condition.

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical

fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

Page 6C1-2–180

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–181

Step Action Yes No

8 1 Disconnect the ECM wiring connector.

2 Test the EOP sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance

and open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

NOTE

The EOP sensor shares the low reference circuit with other

sensors. A fault condition in the low reference circuit may

trigger DTCs on sensors that share this circuit. Refer to 2

Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section to

assist diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10

9 Replace the EOP sensor. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

– V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

10 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 11 —

11 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the engine oil pressure sensor circuit DTCs s fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 12

12 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–181

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–182

6.34 DTC P0532 or P0533

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0532 – A/C Pressure Sensor Voltage Low

• DTC P0533 – A/C Pressure Sensor Voltage High

Circuit Description

The ECM supplies a positive 5 V reference voltage to the air-conditioning (A/C) refrigerant pressure sensor through

reference circuit and the ground through the low reference circuit.

The A/C pressure sensor provides signal voltage to the ECM through the signal circuit that is proportional to the A/C

refrigerant pressure. The ECM monitors the signal voltage of the A/C pressure sensor to determine the refrigerant

pressure.

• The A/C pressure sensor voltage increases as the refrigerant pressure increases.

• When the ECM detects the refrigerant pressure exceeds a predetermined value, the ECM activates the cooling

fans to reduce the refrigerant pressure.

• When the ECM detects the refrigerant pressure is too high or too low, the ECM disables the A/C clutch to protect

the A/C compressor from damage.

An A/C refrigerant pressure sensor circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the A/C pressure sensor signal is not within the

specified range for 3 seconds.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0532 and P0533 run continuously when the engine is running or when the A/C is switched on.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0532

The A/C refrigerant pressure signal voltage is less than 0.2 V for longer than 3 seconds.

DTC P0533

The A/C refrigerant pressure signal voltage is greater than 4.9 V for longer than 3 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The A/C refrigerant pressure sensor circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when Type C DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the A/C Refrigerant Pressure

Sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• The A/C refrigerant pressure sensor circuit diagnostic table is developed with the assumption the A/C refrigerant

system is functioning correctly. Therefore, rectify any A/C refrigerant system fault conditions before proceeding with

this diagnostic procedure.

− An A/C refrigerant low-pressure fault condition may cause DTC P0532 to set.

− An A/C refrigerant high-pressure fault condition may cause DTC P0533 to set.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–182

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–183

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

2 Determines if there is an A/C refrigerant system fault condition.

6 Measures the integrity of the A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor low reference circuit. Removal of the ECM Fuse 29

enables the ECM to power down completely prior to the test procedure.

DTC P0532 or P0533 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 T est the A/C refrigerant system. Refer to Section 2B HVAC Climate

Control – Servicing and Diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 3

3 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0532 or P0533 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 4

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Disconnect the A/C pressure sensor connector.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

4 Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the A/C

pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7

5 1 Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the A/C pressure

sensor 5 V reference circuit and signal circuit.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using Tech 2, observe the ECM A/C pressure voltage

parameter.

Does Tech 2 display 4.8 – 5.2 V? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 8

6 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove ECM Fuse 29 from the engine compartment fuse and

relay panel assembly.

3 Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance between the

A/C refrigerant pressure low reference circuit and the ECM

housing.

NOTE

Install the ECM Fuse 29 to the engine compartment fuse

and relay panel assembly after completing the test.

Does the multimeter display 5Ω? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

7 T est the A/C pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit for a high

resistance, open circuit, short to ground, or short to voltage fault

condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on

electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11

Page 6C1-2–183

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–184

Step Action Yes No

8 T est the A/C pressure sensor signal circuit for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground, or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11

9 T est the A/C pressure sensor low reference circuit for a high

resistance or open circuit condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11

10 Replace the A/C pressure sensor . Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 12 —

11 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 12 —

12 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the A/C refrigerant pressure sensor circuit DTCs fail this

ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 13

13 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–184

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–185

6.35 DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0560 – System Voltage Malfunction

• DTC P0562 – System Voltage Low Voltage

• DTC P0563 – System Voltage High Voltage

Circuit Description

Battery voltage is supplied continuously to the engine control module (ECM) through the continuous battery supply circuit

and the ground through the ground connection of the ECM housing to the engine.

Turning the ignition switch on activates the ignition control relay, which directs ignition positive voltage from the battery to

the ECM switched battery supply circuit which activates the ECM. The ECM then applies control voltage to the control

circuit of the engine control relay to activate the engine control relay. The engine control relay supplies ignition voltage to

the various engine management system components.

The ECM monitors the battery voltage circuits to ensure the voltage available to the engine management system stays

within the specified range. Incorrect system voltage may cause incorrect engine management system operation or

component malfunction.

An ECM system voltage DTC sets if the ECM detects the voltage available to any of the ECM voltage supply circuit is

outside the specified range.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTCs P0560, P0563 and P0563 runs continuously when the engine is running at speeds greater than 1500 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0560

The ECM detects the ignition 1, ignition 2 or switched battery supply voltage is out of the specified range for 30 seconds.

DTC P0562

The ECM detects the ECM system voltage is less than 11 V for 5 seconds.

DTC P0563

The ECM detects the ECM system voltage is greater than 16 V.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM system voltage DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when a Type C DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–185

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–186

DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm or operate the vehicle

within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0560, P0562, or P0563 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 T est the battery condition. Refer to Section 12A Battery.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 4

4 T est the charging system operation. Refer to Section 6D1-1

Charging System – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 5

5 T est all the ECM fuses. Refer to Section 12O Relays, Fuses and

Wiring Harnesses.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 6

6 Check the ECM ground connections for corrosion, loose terminal or

incorrect position. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 7

7 T est the following circuits for a high resistance or open circuit fault

condition.

• Continuous battery supply circuit,

• switched battery supply circuit,

• ignition 1 circuit, and

• ignition 2 circuit.

Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical

fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the ECM system voltage DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–186

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–187

6.36 DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606

DTC Description

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0601 – Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

• DTC P0602 – Program Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

• DTC P0604 – Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

• DTC P0606 – Replace Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) is the control centre of the engine management system. The programming and

calibration needed by the ECM to control the functionality of the engine management system are stored in the ECM read

only memory (ROM).

An ECM internal circuit, programming or memory fault DTC sets if there is an internal microprocessor integrity fault

condition with the ECM or if the ECM is not programmed.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0601

Runs once when the checksum calculation at power down is completed in the last ignition cycle.

DTC P0602 and P0606

Runs continuously when the ignition is switched on with the engine not running.

DTC P0604

Runs once when the read / write test at power-down is completed in the last ignition cycle.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0601

The ECM detects an incorrect ROM checksum for greater than 30 seconds.

DTC P0602

The ECM programming is incomplete.

DTC P0604

The ECM detects an error in the RAM for 6 seconds.

DTC P0606

There is an internal ECM circuit fault condition for 6 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM Internal Circuit, Programming or Memory Fault DTCs are Type A DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble

Codes in this Section for action taken when a Type A DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type A DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–187

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–188

DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 and P0606 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0601, P0602, P0604 or P0606 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 T est all ECM fuses and ground connections. Refer to Section 12O

Relays, Fuses and Wiring Harnesses.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 4

4 Attempt to program the ECM. Refer to Section 0C Tech 2.

Was the programming successful? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 6 —

6 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the ECM internal circuit, programming or memory fault

DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 7

7 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–188

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–189

6.37 DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0615 – Starter Relay Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0616 – Starter Relay Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0617 – Starter Relay Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies battery voltage to the coil circuit of the starter relay through the ignition circuit. When the

ignition switched is turned to the Start position and all the conditions required to enable an engine cranking is met, the

ECM grounds the starter relay control circuit to activate the starter relay. When active, the starter relay applies battery

voltage to the starter motor solenoid control circuit to operate the starter motor. Refer to Section 6D1-2

Starting System – V6 for information on the cranking system operation.

The ECM monitors the control circuit of the starter relay for conditions that are incorrect for the commanded state. A

starter relay control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the starter relay control circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTCs P0615, P0616 and P0617 run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is switched on

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects a condition that is incorrect for the starter relay commanded state.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The starter relay control circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6D1-2 Starting System – V6 for information on the cranking system operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

3 A fault condition in the starting system or theft deterrent system may trigger this DTC.

DTC P0615, P0616 or P0617 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Page 6C1-2–189

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–190

Step Action Yes No

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Turn the ignition switch to the Start position or operate the

vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0615, P0616 and P0617 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Check for a fault condition in the following systems which can disable

the starting system:

• Starting System, refer to Section 6D1-2 Starting System – V6.

• Theft Deterrent System, refer to Section 12J Body Control

Module.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 4

4 1 Remove the starter relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays

and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Connect a test lamp between the ignition circuit of the starter

relay and a good ground.

3 Switch on the ignition.

Does the test lamp illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the

on position? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 1 Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of the starter

relay and a 12 V.

2 Turn the ignition switch to the Start position and then release it

back to the on position.

Does the test lamp turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the

Start position and then turn off when the ignition switch returns to the

on position? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7

6 Repair the ignition voltage circuit of the starter relay for a high

resistance or open circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

7 T est the control circuit of the starter relay for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or a short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

8 Replace the starter relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and

Wiring Harnesses.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

9 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does the starter relay control circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–190

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–191

6.38 DTC P0625 or P0626

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

DTC P0626

• DTC P0625 – Alternator F Terminal Low Voltage

• DTC P0626 – Alternator F Terminal High Voltage

Circuit Description

The voltage regulator within the generator regulates the generator charge output by increasing or decreasing the

generator on time. The generator field (Gen F) duty cycle output signal represents the generator on time. Refer to

Section 6D1-1 Charging System – V6 for details of the charging system operation.

The ECM monitors the Gen F terminal output signal to calculate Gen F duty cycle percentage. This enables the ECM to

provide engine idle compensation based on electrical loads and to detect a fault condition in the generator operation.

A Generator F-terminal circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the Gen F duty cycle is outside the specified range for a

predetermined set of parameters.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0625

Runs continuously when the following conditions are met:

• There is no generator, CKP sensor or CMP sensor DTC set.

• The engine speed is less than 3000 rpm

• The generator is not commanded off.

DTC P0626

Runs continuously when the following conditions are met:

• There is no generator, CKP sensor or CMP sensor DTC set.

• The ignition is switched on with the engine not running

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0625

The ECM detects the Gen F Terminal Signal parameter is less than five percent for 15 seconds.

The ECM detects the Gen F Terminal Signal parameter is greater than five percent for 15 seconds.

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The Generator F-terminal circuit are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when a Type C DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging System – V6 for details of the charging system operation.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–191

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–192

DTC P0625 or P0626 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0625 or P0626 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 T est the charging system for any fault condition that may cause

incorrect generator operation. Refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging

System – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 4

4 T est the Gen F signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit, short

to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Replace the ECM. Refer to Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 7 —

6 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the Generator F-terminal circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 8

7 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–192

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–193

6.39 DTC P0627, P0628 or P0629

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0627 – Fuel Pump Relay Circuit Malfunction

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• DTC P0628 – Fuel Pump Relay Voltage Low

• DTC P0629 – Fuel Pump Relay Voltage High

Circuit Description

The ground circuit of the fuel pump relay coil is directly connected to ground. When the ignition switch is turned on and all

the conditions required to enable fuel pump operation are met, the ECM applies battery voltage to the fuel pump relay

control circuit to operate the fuel pump. Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System for further information.

The ECM monitors the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for conditions that are incorrect for the commanded state. A

fuel pump relay control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in this circuit.

NOTE

If activated, the engine immobilisation system will

disable the operation of the fuel pump relay.

Refer to Section 12K Telematics for further

information.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• the ignition is switched on, and

• the ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects a condition that are incorrect for the fuel pump relay commanded state.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The fuel pump relay control circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 8A1 Fuel System for details of the fuel pump operation.

• Refer to Section 12K Telematics for details of the Immediate Engine Immobilisation System.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

7 A fault condition in the vehicle Telematics may trigger a fault condition in the fuel pump relay control circuit.

Page 6C1-2–193

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–194

DTC P0627 to P0629 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Turn the ignition switch to the Start position or operate the

vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0627, P0628 and P0629 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Remove the fuel pump relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses,

Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Connect a test lamp between the ground circuit of the fuel pump

relay and a 12 V.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Connect a test lamp between the control circuit and ground

circuit of the fuel pump relay.

2 Using Tech 2, command the fuel pump relay on.

Does the test lamp switch from off to on as Tech 2 commands the fuel

pump relay from off to on? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the ground

circuit of the fuel pump relay. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams

for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or a short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

NOTE

If the vehicle is equipped with an Immediate Engine

Immobilisation System, test this system for a fault condition

that may trigger a fuel pump relay control circuit DTC,

before proceeding to the next step. Refer to

Section 12K Telematics for further information.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the fuel pump relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and

Wiring Harnesses.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does the fuel pump relay control circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–194

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–195

6.40 DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0645 – A/C Relay Circuit Malfunction.

• DTC P0646 – A/C Relay Voltage Low.

• DTC P0647 – A/C Relay Voltage High.

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies battery voltage to the coil circuit of the air-conditioning (A/C) clutch relay through the

ignition circuit. Using a device called a driver, the ECM grounds control circuit of the A/C relay to activate the A/C clutch

and operate the A/C compressor. Refer to Section 2A HVAC Climate Control – Description and Operation for details of

the A/C compressor operation.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to

determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

An A/C relay control circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in the A/C relay control circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition voltage is 10 – 16 V.

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Conditions for Setting DTC P0645

The ECM detects an open circuit fault condition in the A/C relay control circuit.

Conditions for Setting DTC P0646

The ECM detects a short to ground fault condition in the A/C relay control circuit.

Conditions for Setting DTC P0647

The ECM detects a short to voltage fault condition in the A/C relay control circuit.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The A/C relay control circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic T r ouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 2A HVAC Climate Control – Description and Operation for details of the A/C system operation.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts for the system wiring diagram and connector

charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

3 A fault condition in the HVAC system may trigger this DTC.

Page 6C1-2–195

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–196

DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Switch on the A/C system or operate the vehicle within the

conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0645 P0646 or P0647 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Check for a fault condition in the HVAC system, which can disable the

AC compressor clutch. Refer to Section 2A HVAC Climate Control –

Description and Operation for details of the A/C compressor operation.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 4

4 1 Remove the A/C relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and

Wiring Harnesses.

2 Connect a test lamp between the ignition circuit of the A/C relay

coil and the ECM housing.

3 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 1 Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of the A/C relay

and a 12 V.

2 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

3 Using Tech 2, command the A/C relay on and then off.

Does the test lamp turn on and off when the A/C relay is commanded

on and off? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7

6 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the ignition

voltage circuit of the A/C relay. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams

for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

7 T est the control circuit of the A/C relay for a high resistance, open

circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to

Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

8 Replace the A/C relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses, Relays and

Wiring Harnesses.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

9 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the A/C relay control circuit DTCs fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–196

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–197

6.41 DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P0685 – Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P0686 – Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P0687 – Engine Control Ignition Relay Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The supply voltage circuit of the engine control relay is directly connected to battery voltage. When the ignition switch is

turned on, the ECM grounds the relay control circuit to provide ignition voltage to various sensors and components that

controls the engine operation.

The ECM monitors the control circuit of the engine control relay for conditions that are incorrect for the commanded state.

An engine control relay circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects a fault condition in this circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTCs P0685, P0686 and P0687 run continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is switched on

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects a condition that is incorrect for the engine control relay commanded state.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The engine control relay control circuit DTCs are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic T r ouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 Removal of the ECM Fuse 29 enables the ECM to power down completely prior to the test procedure.

Page 6C1-2–197

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–198

DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Turn the ignition switch to the Start position or operate the

vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0685, P0686 and P0687 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 1 Remove the engine control relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses,

Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

2 Connect a test lamp between the battery voltage circuit of the

engine control relay and a good ground.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Switch off the ignition.

2 Remove and reinstall the ECM fuse 29 from the engine

compartment fuse and relay panel assembly.

3 Connect a test lamp between the control circuit and the battery

voltage circuit of the engine control relay.

4 Switch on the ignition.

Does the test lamp switches from off to on when the ignition switch is

turned form off to on? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the battery

voltage circuit of the engine control relay. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair

procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the control circuit of the engine control relay for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or a short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the engine control relay. Refer to Section 12O Fuses,

Relays and Wiring Harnesses.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does the engine control relay control circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–198

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–199

6.42 DTC P0700

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0700 – Malfunction Indicator (MI) Request from T r ansmission Control Module

(TCM).

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) communicates directly with the transmission control module (TCM) and other control

modules connected to the GM LAN serial data communication circuit through the GM LAN protocol.

DTC P0700 – Malfunction Indicator Request from TCM sets if the following condition exists:

• The TCM detects an emission related fault condition and sets a TCM DTC that represent the fault condition.

• The ECM receives a serial data signal from the TCM requesting the illumination of the malfunction indicator.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0700 runs continuously when the ignition is switched on.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM receives a serial data signal from the TCM requesting the illumination of the Check Powertrain icon, or the

malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P0700 – Malfunction Indicator Request from TCM is a T ype A DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic T r ouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type A DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type A DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0700 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0700 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Are other powertrain DTCs also set?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section

Refer to

Section 7C2

Automatic

Transmission –

4L60E – Electrical

Diagnosis or

Section 7E4

Automatic

Transmission –

5L40E – Electrical

Diagnosis

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–199

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–200

6.43 DTC P0704

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0704 – Clutch Switch Input Circuit Malfunction.

Circuit Description

There are two clutch pedal switch assemblies. One switch is a pedal travel switch that ensures the engine can only be

cranked with the clutch pedal fully depressed. The second switch disengages the cruise control when the clutch is

depressed, in much the same way that the brake pedal switch is used to disengage the cruise control feature.

The cruise control cancel switch is normally closed when the clutch pedal is at rest, opening when the pedal is pressed.

Activation of this switch removes the signal to the ECM which will then deactivate the cruise control.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Runs continuously when the ignition is switched and the engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects 15 gear changes with less than three clutch switch inputs.

NOTE

The ECM determines that a gear change has

been performed by the engine speed / vehicle

speed ratio.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The clutch switch circuit DTC is a Type C DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when Type C DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the clutch switch operation.

• Refer to Section 12E Cruise Control for clutch pedal switch operation and testing.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0704 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P0704 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to A in this

DTC

dditional

Information

Page 6C1-2–200

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–201

3 1 Switch on the ignition with the engine not running.

2 On Tech 2 select: Engine / V6 Engine / Data Display / Engine

Data 1.

3 Observe the status of the cruise control cancel switch.

4 Depress the clutch pedal.

Does Tech 2 display change from Inactive to Active when the pedal is

pressed?

Refer to A in this

DTC

dditional

Information Go to Step 4

4 1 Disconnect the wiring connector from the cruise control cancel

switch. Refer to Section 12E Cruise Control.

2 Switch on the ignition.

3 Connect a test lamp between the voltage circuit of cruise control

cancel clutch switch and a ground.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the voltage

circuit of the clutch switch. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the cruise control cancel clutch switch. Refer to Section 12E

Cruise Control.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 7

7 T est the control circuit of the cruise control clutch switch, which failed

for a high resistance, open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage

fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information

on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does DTC P0704 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–201

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–202

6.44 DTC P0850

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P0850 – Park / Neutral Signal Circuit Incorrect Signal.

Circuit Description

The Park / Neutral (P / N) switch is a part of the automatic transmission gear selector position switch assembly. This DTC

applies to all automatic transmissions fitted to the MY2005 / MY2006 range of vehicles, however the Park / Neutral (P /

N) switch on the 5L40-E Automatic Transmission is a part of the Internal Mode Switch (IMS) assembly. Therefore, access

to the IMS is only possible after lowering the transmission oil pan.

The P / N switch is a normally open switch that closes when the transmission is shifted to Park or Neutral position. The

ECM applies a reference 12 V to the signal circuit of the P / N switch when it is open. When the transmission is shifted to

the Park or Neutral position, the P / N switch closes and pulls the P / N switch signal circuit to ground.

DTC P0850 sets when the ECM detects a fault condition in the P / N switch circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P0850 runs continuously when the ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0850 sets when the ECM detects one of the following fault conditions:

• The P / N switch signal circuit is pulled to ground for 100 seconds while the TCM sends a signal that the

transmission is in gear.

• The P / N switch signal circuit is 12 V for 100 seconds while the TCM sends a signal the transmission is in park or

neutral.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P0850 is a Type ‘C’ DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Tr ouble Codes in this Section for action taken when Type ‘C’

DTCs set and conditions for clearing Type ‘C’ DTCs.

Additional Information

• The ECM uses the transmission range data to enable engine cranking when DTC P0850 sets.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the park / neutral switch

operation.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P0850 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch on the ignition.

2 Using Tech 2, observe the status of the automatic transmission

gear position.

3 Shift the transmission lever across all gear levels.

Does Tech 2 display P/N when the transmission is in park or neutral

and In Gear when the transmission lever is in other positions? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4

Page 6C1-2–202

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–203

Step Action Yes No

3 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Switch on the ignition.

3 Shift the transmission lever across all gear levels.

Does DTC P0850 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 4

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

4 1 Remove the transmission position switch wiring connector. Refer

to Section 7C4 Automatic Transmission_4L60E – On-vehicle

Servicing or Section 7E4 Automatic Transmission_5L40E – On-

vehicle Servicing.

2 Connect a test lamp between the ground circuit of the

transmission switch and a 12 V source.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6

5 1 Connect a 3 A jumper wire between the signal circuit of the

park / neutral signal circuit and a good ground.

2 Using Tech 2, observe the status of the transmission gear.

Does Tech 2 display a change from In Gear to P/N when the jumper

wire is connected? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7

6 Repair the high resistance or open circuit fault condition in the ground

circuit of the transmission position switch. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair procedures.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

7 T est the signal circuit of the park / neutral switch for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9

8 Replace the transmission position switch. Refer to Section 7C4

Automatic Transmission – 4L60E – On-vehicle Servicing, or

Section 7E4 Automatic Transmission_5L40E – On-vehicle Servicing.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

9 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –

V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 10 —

10 1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does DTC P0850 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11

11 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–203

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–204

6.45 DTC P0864

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the DTC P0864 T CM Communication Circuit Performance

Circuit Description

The transmission control module (TCM) sends vehicle speed dat a to the engine control module (ECM). The data is sent

to the ECM through a communication network called the GM local area network (LAN). Two circuits are used to

communicate LAN data between the ECM and TCM. A fault in the LAN will not cause DTC P0864 to set by itself. If a

LAN fault occurs, other DTCs will set in addition to DTC P0864.

If the ECM receives invalid vehicle speed data from the TCM, this DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• The ignition is on for more than 3 seconds.

• The ignition voltage is between 10.5 – 18 volts.

• No other LAN errors are present.

• DTC P0864 runs continuously once the above conditions are met for more than 2.5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

• The ECM receives no valid vehicle speed data from the TCM for more than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.

• The Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.

• The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this

information in the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

• A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.

• A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other

non-emission related diagnostic.

• Use Tech 2 to clear the DTC.

Additional Information

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–204

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–205

DTC P0864 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

NOTE

Record all Failure Records before clearing the DTC. Using

Clear Info erases the Failure Records from the engine

control module (ECM) and transmission control module

(TCM).

2 Record the DTC Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Did you record any TCM Freeze Frame / Failure Records?

Go to Diagnostic

Trouble Code (DTC)

List – Vehicle in 0D

Vehicle Diagnostics Go to Step 3

1 Use Tech 2 to clear the DTC.

2 Turn the ignition off for at least 30 seconds.

3 Start engine and allow to idle.

Did DTC P0864 reset? Go to Step 4

Go to 4.2

Intermittent Fault

Conditions.

Did any TCM DTCs or any other "U" DTC also set?

Go to Diagnostic

Trouble Code (DTC)

List – Vehicle in 0D

Vehicle Diagnostics Go to Step 5

1 Test the LAN circuits in the wiring harness between TCM and

the ECM for a high resistance, or for a poor connection at the

module connectors, refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

6 1 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management

–V6 – Service Operations for details on replacing the ECM.

Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 7 —

1 Use Tech 2 to clear the DTCs.

2 Ignition OFF for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you

observed from the Freeze Frame / Failure Records.

Does DTC P0864 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 8

8 1 Using T ech 2, select the DT C display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–205

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–206

6.46 DTC P1648

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P1648 – Wrong Security Code Entered.

Circuit Description

Tech 2 is used to program the engine control module (ECM). Before any programming, a security code must be entered

into Tech 2. The ECM will check if the code entered is correct before continuing. If the security code is incorrect, DTC

P1648 sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Conditions for running the DTC are:

• The ignition is switched on.

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

An incorrect security code is entered into Tech 2 when attempting to program the ECM.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

When the DTC sets, the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is not displayed.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The immobiliser security code is a Type ‘C’ DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action taken

when a Type ‘C’ DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type ‘C’ DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management –V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –V6 – Service Operations for details on resetting the ECM.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following numbers refer to the step numbers in the diagnostic table:

4 This step tests the ECM ground circuits and supply voltage.

Page 6C1-2–206

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–207

DTC P1648 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

NOTE

Do not attempt to perform any Tech 2 function that

requires the ECM security code to be entered.

Does DTC P1648 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3

3 Using T ech 2, attempt a programming function that requires the ECM

security code to be entered. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management –V6 – Service Operations for details on resetting the

ECM.

Has the programming function been successfully performed? System OK Go to Step 4

4 1 T est all ECM ground circuits for a high resistance or an open

circuit fault condition. Refer to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for

information on electrical fault diagnosis.

2 Test the ECM ignition supply voltage circuit for a high resistance,

open circuit or short to ground fault condition. Refer to 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Has any fault been found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management –V6 –

Service Operations for details on replacing the ECM.

Has the repair been completed? Go to Step 6 —

6 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

Does DTC P1648 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 7

7 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–207

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–208

6.47 DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P1668 – Generator L Terminal Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P2500 – Generator L Terminal Low Voltage

• DTC P2501 – Generator L Terminal High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control module (ECM) applies a signal voltage to the Generator L (GEN L) terminal circuit to control the load

of the generator on the engine. Refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging System for details of the charging system operation.

A GEN L terminal circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the Gen L circuit voltage is outside the specified range for a

predetermined set of parameters.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P1668

Runs continuously when one of the following conditions are met:

• Ignition on Test – The ignition is switched on with the engine not running for 5 seconds.

• Engine Run Test – The engine is running at speed less than 3,000 rpm

DTC P2500

Runs continuously when the following conditions are met:

• There is no generator, CKP sensor or CMP sensor DTC set.

• The engine is running.

• The generator is not commanded off.

DTC P2501

Runs continuously when the following conditions are met:

• There is no generator, CKP sensor or CMP sensor DTC set.

• The ignition is switched on with the engine not running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P1668

• Ignition on Test – the ECM detects a high signal voltage on the Gen L for 5 seconds.

• Engine Run Test – the ECM detects a low signal voltage on the Gen L for 5 seconds.

DTC P2500

The ECM detects a low signal voltage on the Gen L for 15 seconds.

DTC P2501

The ECM detects a high signal voltage on the Gen L for 5 seconds.

Page 6C1-2–208

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–209

Conditions for Clearing DTC

The Generator L-terminal circuit are Type C DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for action

taken when a Type C DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type C DTCs.

Additional Information

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the ECM operation.

• Refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging System – V6 for details of the charging system operation.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P1668, P2500 or P2501 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 T est the charging system for any fault condition that may cause

incorrect generator operation. Refer to Section 6D1-1 Charging

System – V6.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 4

4 T est the Gen L signal circuit for a high resistance, open circuit, short

to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 6 —

6 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the Generator L terminal circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 7

7 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–209

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–210

6.48 DTC P1845

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports DTC P1845 – Engine Torque Reduction Malfunction

Circuit Description

The ECM monitors and compares the engine torque output against the maximum allowable engine torque. Refer to

Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the engine torque limit management

operation.

If the requested torque is higher than the maximum allowable torque, the ECM applies engine torque limitation and DTC

P1845 – Engine Torque Reduction Malfunction sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

DTC P1845 runs continuously when the engine is running at speeds greater than 40 rpm.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The engine torque output exceeds the maximum allowable torque output for 10 minutes.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P1845 – Engine Torque Reduction Malfunction is a Type ‘C’ DTC. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this

Section for action taken when a Type ‘C’ DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type ‘C’ DTC.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the Engine Torque Limit

Management operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 Fault conditions that apply excessive load on the engine may trigger this DTC.

Page 6C1-2–210

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–211

DTC P1845 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC or

road test the vehicle under various driving condition.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P1845 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to Additional

Information in this

DTC

3 Are there any other ECM or TCM DTCs set? Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section Go to Step 4

4 Inspect for fault conditions in the engine or transmission that applies

excessive load on the engine.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5

5 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 6 —

6 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does DTC P1845 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 7

7 Using T ech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–211

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–212

6.49 DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010

DTC Descriptor

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P2008 – Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit Malfunction

• DTC P2009 – Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage

• DTC P2010 – Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage

Circuit Description

The engine control relay applies ignition positive battery voltage to the intake manifold runner control (IMRC) solenoid

through the ignition voltage circuit.

Using a device called a driver, the ECM applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) ground to the IMRC solenoid control

circuit to alter the length and volume of the intake manifold runners.

The driver has a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM monitors the driver feedback circuit to

determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground or shorted to a positive voltage.

An IMRC solenoid circuit DTC sets if the ECM detects the voltage on the IMRC solenoid control circuit outside the

predetermined range when the solenoid is commanded OFF.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Each DTC runs continuously once the following conditions are met:

• The engine speed is greater than 80 rpm

• The ignition voltage is 10.0 – 16.0 V.

• The ECM has commanded the IMRC Solenoid ON and OFF at least once during the ignition cycle.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P2008

The ECM detects the voltage on the IMRC solenoid control circuit is between 2.6 – 4.6 V when the solenoid is

commanded off.

DTC P2009

The ECM detects the voltage on the IMRC solenoid control circuit is less than 2.6 V when the solenoid is commanded off.

DTC P2010

The ECM detects the voltage on the IMRC solenoid control circuit is greater than 4.6 V when the solenoid is commanded

ON.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The IMRC solenoid control circuit DTCs are Type ‘C’ DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when a Type ‘C’ DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type ‘C’ DTCs.

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the IMRC solenoid operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

Page 6C1-2–212

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–213

Test Description

The following number refers to the step number in the diagnostic table:

4 Tests the feedback voltage from the ECM.

DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been performed?

Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

2 1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P2008, P2009 or P2010 fail this ignition cycle? Go to Step 3

Refer to A in this

DTC

dditional

Information

3 1 Disconnect the IMRC solenoid wiring connector.

2 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

3 Connect a test lamp between the IMRC solenoid ignition voltage

circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the test lamp illuminate? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

4 1 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

2 Using a DMM, measure the voltage between the IMRC solenoid

control circuit and the ECM housing.

Does the multimeter display 2.6 – 4.6 V? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6

5 Repair the high resistance, open circuit or short to ground fault

condition at the IMRC solenoid ignition voltage circuit. Refer to Section

12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical wiring repair

procedures

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

6 T est the control circuit of the IMRC solenoid for a high resistance,

open circuit, short to ground or short to voltage fault condition. Refer

to Section 12P Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault

diagnosis.

Was any fault found and rectified? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8

7 Replace the IMRC solenoid. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine

Management – V6 – Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

8 Replace the ECM. Refer to Section 6C1-3 Engine Management – V6 –

Service Operations.

Was the repair completed? Go to Step 9 —

9 1 Using T ech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC.

Does any of the IMRC solenoid control circuit DTCs fail this ignition

cycle? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 10

10 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, check the system for correct operation.

Page 6C1-2–213

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–214

6.50 DTC P2096 or P2098

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P2096 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Below Lower Limit (Bank 1)

• DTC P2098 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Below Lower Limit (Bank 2)

Circuit Description

The wide band heated oxygen sensor 1 measures the amount of oxygen in the exhaust system and provides more

information than the switching style HO2S2. The wide band sensor consists of an oxygen sensing cell, an oxygen

pumping cell, and a heater. The exhaust gas sample passes through a diffusion gap between the sensing cell and the

pumping cell. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a voltage to the HO2S and uses this voltage as a reference to

the amount of oxygen in the exhaust system. An electronic circuit within the ECM controls the pump current through the

oxygen pumping cell, maintaining a constant voltage in the oxygen sensing cell. The ECM monitors the voltage variation

in the sensing cell and attempts to keep the voltage constant by increasing or decreasing the amount of current flow, or

oxygen ion flow, to the pumping cell. By measuring the amount of current required to maintain the voltage in the sensing

cell, the ECM can determine the concentration of oxygen in the exhaust. The HO2S voltage is displayed as a lambda

value. A lambda value of 1 is equal to a stoichiometric air fuel ratio of 14.7:1. Under normal operating conditions, the

lambda value will remain around 1. When the fuel system is lean, the oxygen level will be high and the lambda signal will

be high or more than 1. When the fuel system is rich, the oxygen level will be low, and the lambda signal will be low or

less than 1. The ECM uses this information to maintain the correct air / fuel ratio.

Fuel trim biasing is used by the ECM to keep the post catalyst HO2S voltage within a range of 580 – 665 mV as possible.

This allows optimal catalyst efficiency under light load conditions, such as at idle or a steady cruise. The ECM constantly

monitors how lean or rich the fuel trim bias is commanded. If the ECM detects that the fuel trim bias is commanded lean

for more than a calibrated amount, DTC P2096 or P2098 sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC

• Before the ECM can report DTC P2096 or P2098 failed, DTCs P0030, P0031, P0032, P0041, P0050, P0051,

P0052, P0101, P0131, P0132, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0151, P0152, P0155, P0157, P0158,

P0160, P0161, P2231, P2234, P2237, P2240, P2243, P2247, P2251, P2254, P2270, P2271, P2273, P2626, and

P2629 must run and pass.

• The engine is operating for more than 2 seconds.

• The post catalyst fuel trim control is enabled.

• The front and rear HO2S are in Closed Loop.

• DTCs P2096and P2098 run continuously once the above conditions are met for more than 40 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The post catalyst fuel trim correction factor is biased lean by more than 3 percent of the HO2S lambda value for more

than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

• The ECM activates the Check Powertrain icon, or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the second consecutive

ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.

• The ECM records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the

control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second

consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control

module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

These post catalyst fuel trim system DTCs are Type ‘B’ DTCs. Refer to 1.4 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in this Section for

action taken when a Type ‘C’ DTC sets and conditions for clearing Type ‘B’ DTCs.

Use Tech 2 to clear the Check Powertrain icon, or the MIL and the DTC.

Page 6C1-2–214

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–215

Additional Information

• Refer to Section 6C1-1 Engine Management – V6 – General Information for details of the post catalyst oxygen

sensor operation.

• For an intermittent fault condition, refer to 4.2 Intermittent Fault Conditions in this Section.

• Since a fault condition in a wiring connector may trigger DTCs, always test the connectors related to this diagnostic

procedure for shorted terminals or poor wiring connection before replacing any component. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams for information on electrical fault diagnosis.

• To assist diagnosis, refer to 2 Wiring Diagrams and Connector Charts in this Section for the system wiring diagram

and connector charts.

• The lower connector of the ECM is connector X1 and the upper connector of the ECM is connector X2. Refer to 2.2

Connector Chart in this Section for pin and circuit identification.

Test Description

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the diagnostic table.

2 This step determines if a condition exists.

4 This step is testing for a rear HO2S sensor circuit condition. A circuit condition sets this DTC.

7 This step inspects for the rear sensors being connected to the correct bank of the engine. This condition causes

this DTC to set.

8 This step is testing for an intermittent circuit condition. Thoroughly inspect the HO2S circuits for an intermittent

circuit condition.

9 This step is testing for an intermittent circuit condition. Thoroughly inspect the HO2S circuits for an intermittent

circuit condition.

DTC P2096 or P2098 Diagnostic Table

Step Action Value(s) Yes No

1 Has the Diagnostic System Check been completed? — Go to Step 2

Refer to

3.4 Diagnostic

System Check

Refer to 4.17 Road-testing, in 00

Warnings Cautions and Notes.

1 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

NOTE

The rear heated oxygen sensors (HO2S)

must be in Closed Loop for this diagnostic

to run. A road load condition is necessary to

obtain Closed Loop.

2 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for

running the DTC.

dditional

Information

3 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does DTC P2096 or P2098 fail this ignition cycle?

—

Go to Step 3

Refer to A in this

DTC

3 Is DTC P0041, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0157, P0158,

or P0160 also set?

—

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this

Section Go to Step 4

Page 6C1-2–215

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–216

1 Operate the engine above 1,200 rpm for

30 seconds.

2 Use Tech 2 to observe appropriate rear heated

oxygen sensor (HO2S) voltage

Is the voltage more or less than the specified value?

60 mV

Go to Step 7 Go to Step 5

1 Turn OFF the ignition.

2 Disconnect the appropriate HO2S.

3 Ignition ON, engine OFF.

4 Use Tech 2 to observe the oxygen sensor

(HO2S) voltage parameter.

Is the voltage within the specified range?

350 – 550 mV

Go to Step 12 Go to Step 6

1 Test the appropriate HO2S signal circuit for a

short to ground. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 14

1 Inspect the rear HO2S for being connected to the

correct bank of the engine. If the sensors are

connected to the incorrect bank, swap the

connectors as necessary.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 8

1 Shake the related HO2S harnesses for the front

sensor between the HO2S harness connector

and the engine control module (ECM) while

monitoring the appropriate HO2S lambda

parameter.

Does the HO2S parameter change abruptly while

moving the related harnesses?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 9

1 Shake the related HO2S harnesses for the rear

sensor between the HO2S harness connector

and the ECM while monitoring the appropriate

HO2S voltage parameter.

Does the HO2S parameter change abruptly while

moving the related harnesses?

—

Go to Step 15 Go to Step 10

1 Ignition OFF.

2 Disconnect the front and rear HO2S.

3 Inspect the front and rear HO2S for the following

conditions:

− Damaged wiring between the HO2S and the

ECM – An intermittent circuit condition

causes this DTC to set.

− Terminal corrosion or water intrusion in the

HO2S harness connectors.

− The correct terminal tension.

− The HO2S is securely installed.

− Any exhaust leaks – Refer to Section 8B

Exhaust System.

4 Repair as necessary. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 11

Page 6C1-2–216

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–217

1 Disconnect the ECM.

2 Test the appropriate front HO2S circuits for being

shorted together between the HO2S connector

and the ECM. Refer to Section 12P Wiring

Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 13

1 Test for shorted terminals and for poor

connections at the HO2S. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 17

1 Test for shorted terminals and for poor

connections at the ECM. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 16

1 Test for shorted terminals and for poor

connections at the ECM. Refer to Section 12P

Wiring Diagrams.

Did you find and correct the condition?

—

Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18

15 1 Repair the circuit as necessary. Refer to Section

12P Wiring Diagrams.

Did you complete the repair? — Go to Step 19 —

1 Replace the appropriate HO2S. Refer to the

Oxygen Sensor 1 procedure, in Section 6C1-3

Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 19 —

1 Replace the appropriate HO2S. Refer to the

Oxygen Sensor 2 procedure, in Section 6C1-3

Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 19 —

1 Replace the ECM. Refer to Engine Control

Module (ECM) Remove, Reinstall and ECM

Reset in Section 6C1-3 Service Operations.

Did you complete the replacement?

—

Go to Step 19 —

1 Using Tech 2, clear the DTCs.

2 Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.

3 Start the engine.

4 Operate the vehicle within the conditions for

running the DTC.

Does DTC P2096 or P2098 fail this ignition cycle?

—

Go to Step 2 Go to Step 20

20 Using Tech 2, select the DTC display function.

Does Tech 2 display any DTCs?

—

Go to the

appropriate DTC

Table in this

Section System OK

When all diagnosis and repairs are completed, clear all DTCs and verify correct operation

Page 6C1-2–217

Engine Management – V6 – Diagnostics Page 6C1-2–218

6.51 DTC P2097 or P2099

DTC Descriptors

This diagnostic procedure supports the following DTCs:

• DTC P2097 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Above Upper Limit (Bank 1)

• DTC P2099 Post Catalyst O2 Sensor Fuel Trim Above Upper Limit (Bank 2)